build(deps): bump DavidAnson/markdownlint-cli2-action from 20 to 21

Bumps [DavidAnson/markdownlint-cli2-action](https://github.com/davidanson/markdownlint-cli2-action) from 20 to 21.
- [Release notes](https://github.com/davidanson/markdownlint-cli2-action/releases)
- [Commits](https://github.com/davidanson/markdownlint-cli2-action/compare/v20...v21)

---
updated-dependencies:
- dependency-name: DavidAnson/markdownlint-cli2-action
  dependency-version: '21'
  dependency-type: direct:production
  update-type: version-update:semver-major
...

Signed-off-by: dependabot[bot] <support@github.com>

.github/workflows/build.yml

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ jobs:
 
     steps:
       - name: Checkout
-        uses: actions/checkout@v6
+        uses: actions/checkout@v5
         with:
           fetch-depth: 0
 
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ jobs:
           echo "runner-os-version=$ImageOS" >> $GITHUB_OUTPUT
 
       - name: Checkout
-        uses: actions/checkout@v6
+        uses: actions/checkout@v5
         with:
             fetch-depth: 0
 
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ jobs:
         run: govulncheck ./...
 
       - name: Check Markdown format
-        uses: DavidAnson/markdownlint-cli2-action@v20
+        uses: DavidAnson/markdownlint-cli2-action@v21
         with:
           globs: |
             CONTRIBUTING.md
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ jobs:
 
     steps:
       - name: Checkout
-        uses: actions/checkout@v6
+        uses: actions/checkout@v5
         with:
           fetch-depth: 0
 

.github/workflows/build_publish_docker_image.yml

@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ jobs:
           df -h .
 
       - name: Checkout Repository
-        uses: actions/checkout@v6
+        uses: actions/checkout@v5
         with:
           fetch-depth: 0
 

.github/workflows/build_publish_docker_plugin.yml

@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ jobs:
           sudo rm -rf /usr/share/dotnet || true
           df -h .
       - name: Checkout master
-        uses: actions/checkout@v6
+        uses: actions/checkout@v5
         with:
           fetch-depth: 0
       - name: Build and publish docker plugin

RELEASE.md

@@ -21,7 +21,6 @@ This file describes how to make the various kinds of releases
 - make doc
 - git status - to check for new man pages - git add them
 - git commit -a -v -m "Version v1.XX.0"
-- make check
 - make retag
 - git push origin # without --follow-tags so it doesn't push the tag if it fails
 - git push --follow-tags origin

VERSION

@@ -1 +1 @@
-v1.73.0
+v1.72.0

backend/all/all.go

@@ -16,7 +16,6 @@ import (
 	_ "github.com/rclone/rclone/backend/compress"
 	_ "github.com/rclone/rclone/backend/crypt"
 	_ "github.com/rclone/rclone/backend/doi"
-	_ "github.com/rclone/rclone/backend/drime"
 	_ "github.com/rclone/rclone/backend/drive"
 	_ "github.com/rclone/rclone/backend/dropbox"
 	_ "github.com/rclone/rclone/backend/fichier"

backend/azureblob/azureblob.go

@@ -86,56 +86,12 @@ var (
 	metadataMu sync.Mutex
 )
 
-// system metadata keys which this backend owns
-var systemMetadataInfo = map[string]fs.MetadataHelp{
-	"cache-control": {
-		Help:    "Cache-Control header",
-		Type:    "string",
-		Example: "no-cache",
-	},
-	"content-disposition": {
-		Help:    "Content-Disposition header",
-		Type:    "string",
-		Example: "inline",
-	},
-	"content-encoding": {
-		Help:    "Content-Encoding header",
-		Type:    "string",
-		Example: "gzip",
-	},
-	"content-language": {
-		Help:    "Content-Language header",
-		Type:    "string",
-		Example: "en-US",
-	},
-	"content-type": {
-		Help:    "Content-Type header",
-		Type:    "string",
-		Example: "text/plain",
-	},
-	"tier": {
-		Help:     "Tier of the object",
-		Type:     "string",
-		Example:  "Hot",
-		ReadOnly: true,
-	},
-	"mtime": {
-		Help:    "Time of last modification, read from rclone metadata",
-		Type:    "RFC 3339",
-		Example: "2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00",
-	},
-}
-
 // Register with Fs
 func init() {
 	fs.Register(&fs.RegInfo{
 		Name:        "azureblob",
 		Description: "Microsoft Azure Blob Storage",
 		NewFs:       NewFs,
-		MetadataInfo: &fs.MetadataInfo{
-			System: systemMetadataInfo,
-			Help:   `User metadata is stored as x-ms-meta- keys. Azure metadata keys are case insensitive and are always returned in lower case.`,
-		},
 		Options: []fs.Option{{
 			Name: "account",
 			Help: `Azure Storage Account Name.
@@ -854,9 +810,6 @@ func NewFs(ctx context.Context, name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, e
 	f.features = (&fs.Features{
 		ReadMimeType:            true,
 		WriteMimeType:           true,
-		ReadMetadata:            true,
-		WriteMetadata:           true,
-		UserMetadata:            true,
 		BucketBased:             true,
 		BucketBasedRootOK:       true,
 		SetTier:                 true,
@@ -1204,289 +1157,6 @@ func (o *Object) updateMetadataWithModTime(modTime time.Time) {
 	o.meta[modTimeKey] = modTime.Format(timeFormatOut)
 }
 
-// parseXMsTags parses the value of the x-ms-tags header into a map.
-// It expects comma-separated key=value pairs. Whitespace around keys and
-// values is trimmed. Empty pairs and empty keys are rejected.
-func parseXMsTags(s string) (map[string]string, error) {
-	if strings.TrimSpace(s) == "" {
-		return map[string]string{}, nil
-	}
-	out := make(map[string]string)
-	parts := strings.Split(s, ",")
-	for _, p := range parts {
-		p = strings.TrimSpace(p)
-		if p == "" {
-			continue
-		}
-		kv := strings.SplitN(p, "=", 2)
-		if len(kv) != 2 {
-			return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid tag %q", p)
-		}
-		k := strings.TrimSpace(kv[0])
-		v := strings.TrimSpace(kv[1])
-		if k == "" {
-			return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid tag key in %q", p)
-		}
-		out[k] = v
-	}
-	return out, nil
-}
-
-// mapMetadataToAzure maps a generic metadata map to Azure HTTP headers,
-// user metadata, tags and optional modTime override.
-// Reserved x-ms-* keys (except x-ms-tags) are ignored for user metadata.
-//
-// Pass a logger to surface non-fatal parsing issues (e.g. bad mtime).
-func mapMetadataToAzure(meta map[string]string, logf func(string, ...any)) (headers blob.HTTPHeaders, userMeta map[string]*string, tags map[string]string, modTime *time.Time, err error) {
-	if meta == nil {
-		return headers, nil, nil, nil, nil
-	}
-	tmp := make(map[string]string)
-	for k, v := range meta {
-		lowerKey := strings.ToLower(k)
-		switch lowerKey {
-		case "cache-control":
-			headers.BlobCacheControl = pString(v)
-		case "content-disposition":
-			headers.BlobContentDisposition = pString(v)
-		case "content-encoding":
-			headers.BlobContentEncoding = pString(v)
-		case "content-language":
-			headers.BlobContentLanguage = pString(v)
-		case "content-type":
-			headers.BlobContentType = pString(v)
-		case "x-ms-tags":
-			parsed, perr := parseXMsTags(v)
-			if perr != nil {
-				return headers, nil, nil, nil, perr
-			}
-			// allocate only if there are tags
-			if len(parsed) > 0 {
-				tags = parsed
-			}
-		case "mtime":
-			// Accept multiple layouts for tolerance
-			var parsed time.Time
-			var pErr error
-			for _, layout := range []string{time.RFC3339Nano, time.RFC3339, timeFormatOut} {
-				parsed, pErr = time.Parse(layout, v)
-				if pErr == nil {
-					modTime = &parsed
-					break
-				}
-			}
-			// Log and ignore if unparseable
-			if modTime == nil && logf != nil {
-				logf("metadata: couldn't parse mtime %q: %v", v, pErr)
-			}
-		case "tier":
-			// ignore - handled elsewhere
-		default:
-			// Filter out other reserved headers so they don't end up as user metadata
-			if strings.HasPrefix(lowerKey, "x-ms-") {
-				continue
-			}
-			tmp[lowerKey] = v
-		}
-	}
-	userMeta = toAzureMetaPtr(tmp)
-	return headers, userMeta, tags, modTime, nil
-}
-
-// toAzureMetaPtr converts a map[string]string to map[string]*string as used by Azure SDK
-func toAzureMetaPtr(in map[string]string) map[string]*string {
-	if len(in) == 0 {
-		return nil
-	}
-	out := make(map[string]*string, len(in))
-	for k, v := range in {
-		vv := v
-		out[k] = &vv
-	}
-	return out
-}
-
-// assembleCopyParams prepares headers, metadata and tags for copy operations.
-//
-// It starts from the source properties, optionally overlays mapped metadata
-// from rclone's metadata options, ensures mtime presence when mapping is
-// enabled, and returns whether mapping was actually requested (hadMapping).
-// assembleCopyParams prepares headers, metadata and tags for copy operations.
-//
-// If includeBaseMeta is true, start user metadata from the source's metadata
-// and overlay mapped values. This matches multipart copy commit behavior.
-// If false, only include mapped user metadata (no source baseline) which
-// matches previous singlepart StartCopyFromURL semantics.
-func assembleCopyParams(ctx context.Context, f *Fs, src fs.Object, srcProps *blob.GetPropertiesResponse, includeBaseMeta bool) (headers blob.HTTPHeaders, meta map[string]*string, tags map[string]string, hadMapping bool, err error) {
-	// Start from source properties
-	headers = blob.HTTPHeaders{
-		BlobCacheControl:       srcProps.CacheControl,
-		BlobContentDisposition: srcProps.ContentDisposition,
-		BlobContentEncoding:    srcProps.ContentEncoding,
-		BlobContentLanguage:    srcProps.ContentLanguage,
-		BlobContentMD5:         srcProps.ContentMD5,
-		BlobContentType:        srcProps.ContentType,
-	}
-	// Optionally deep copy user metadata pointers from source. Normalise keys to
-	// lower-case to avoid duplicate x-ms-meta headers when we later inject/overlay
-	// metadata (Azure treats keys case-insensitively but Go's http.Header will
-	// join duplicate keys into a comma separated list, which breaks shared-key
-	// signing).
-	if includeBaseMeta && len(srcProps.Metadata) > 0 {
-		meta = make(map[string]*string, len(srcProps.Metadata))
-		for k, v := range srcProps.Metadata {
-			if v != nil {
-				vv := *v
-				meta[strings.ToLower(k)] = &vv
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	// Only consider mapping if metadata pipeline is enabled
-	if fs.GetConfig(ctx).Metadata {
-		mapped, mapErr := fs.GetMetadataOptions(ctx, f, src, fs.MetadataAsOpenOptions(ctx))
-		if mapErr != nil {
-			return headers, meta, nil, false, fmt.Errorf("failed to map metadata: %w", mapErr)
-		}
-		if mapped != nil {
-			// Map rclone metadata to Azure shapes
-			mappedHeaders, userMeta, mappedTags, mappedModTime, herr := mapMetadataToAzure(mapped, func(format string, args ...any) { fs.Debugf(f, format, args...) })
-			if herr != nil {
-				return headers, meta, nil, false, fmt.Errorf("metadata mapping: %w", herr)
-			}
-			hadMapping = true
-			// Overlay headers (only non-nil)
-			if mappedHeaders.BlobCacheControl != nil {
-				headers.BlobCacheControl = mappedHeaders.BlobCacheControl
-			}
-			if mappedHeaders.BlobContentDisposition != nil {
-				headers.BlobContentDisposition = mappedHeaders.BlobContentDisposition
-			}
-			if mappedHeaders.BlobContentEncoding != nil {
-				headers.BlobContentEncoding = mappedHeaders.BlobContentEncoding
-			}
-			if mappedHeaders.BlobContentLanguage != nil {
-				headers.BlobContentLanguage = mappedHeaders.BlobContentLanguage
-			}
-			if mappedHeaders.BlobContentType != nil {
-				headers.BlobContentType = mappedHeaders.BlobContentType
-			}
-			// Overlay user metadata
-			if len(userMeta) > 0 {
-				if meta == nil {
-					meta = make(map[string]*string, len(userMeta))
-				}
-				for k, v := range userMeta {
-					meta[k] = v
-				}
-			}
-			// Apply tags if any
-			if len(mappedTags) > 0 {
-				tags = mappedTags
-			}
-			// Ensure mtime present using mapped or source time
-			if _, ok := meta[modTimeKey]; !ok {
-				when := src.ModTime(ctx)
-				if mappedModTime != nil {
-					when = *mappedModTime
-				}
-				val := when.Format(time.RFC3339Nano)
-				if meta == nil {
-					meta = make(map[string]*string, 1)
-				}
-				meta[modTimeKey] = &val
-			}
-			// Ensure content-type fallback to source if not set by mapper
-			if headers.BlobContentType == nil {
-				headers.BlobContentType = srcProps.ContentType
-			}
-		} else {
-			// Mapping enabled but not provided: ensure mtime present based on source ModTime
-			if _, ok := meta[modTimeKey]; !ok {
-				when := src.ModTime(ctx)
-				val := when.Format(time.RFC3339Nano)
-				if meta == nil {
-					meta = make(map[string]*string, 1)
-				}
-				meta[modTimeKey] = &val
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	return headers, meta, tags, hadMapping, nil
-}
-
-// applyMappedMetadata applies mapped metadata and headers to the object state for uploads.
-//
-// It reads `--metadata`, `--metadata-set`, and `--metadata-mapper` outputs via fs.GetMetadataOptions
-// and updates o.meta, o.tags and ui.httpHeaders accordingly.
-func (o *Object) applyMappedMetadata(ctx context.Context, src fs.ObjectInfo, ui *uploadInfo, options []fs.OpenOption) (modTime time.Time, err error) {
-	// Start from the source modtime; may be overridden by metadata
-	modTime = src.ModTime(ctx)
-
-	// Fetch mapped metadata if --metadata is enabled
-	meta, err := fs.GetMetadataOptions(ctx, o.fs, src, options)
-	if err != nil {
-		return modTime, err
-	}
-	if meta == nil {
-		// No metadata processing requested
-		return modTime, nil
-	}
-
-	// Map metadata using common helper
-	headers, userMeta, tags, mappedModTime, err := mapMetadataToAzure(meta, func(format string, args ...any) { fs.Debugf(o, format, args...) })
-	if err != nil {
-		return modTime, err
-	}
-	// Merge headers into ui
-	if headers.BlobCacheControl != nil {
-		ui.httpHeaders.BlobCacheControl = headers.BlobCacheControl
-	}
-	if headers.BlobContentDisposition != nil {
-		ui.httpHeaders.BlobContentDisposition = headers.BlobContentDisposition
-	}
-	if headers.BlobContentEncoding != nil {
-		ui.httpHeaders.BlobContentEncoding = headers.BlobContentEncoding
-	}
-	if headers.BlobContentLanguage != nil {
-		ui.httpHeaders.BlobContentLanguage = headers.BlobContentLanguage
-	}
-	if headers.BlobContentType != nil {
-		ui.httpHeaders.BlobContentType = headers.BlobContentType
-	}
-
-	// Apply user metadata to o.meta with a single critical section
-	if len(userMeta) > 0 {
-		metadataMu.Lock()
-		if o.meta == nil {
-			o.meta = make(map[string]string, len(userMeta))
-		}
-		for k, v := range userMeta {
-			if v != nil {
-				o.meta[k] = *v
-			}
-		}
-		metadataMu.Unlock()
-	}
-
-	// Apply tags
-	if len(tags) > 0 {
-		if o.tags == nil {
-			o.tags = make(map[string]string, len(tags))
-		}
-		for k, v := range tags {
-			o.tags[k] = v
-		}
-	}
-
-	if mappedModTime != nil {
-		modTime = *mappedModTime
-	}
-
-	return modTime, nil
-}
-
 // Returns whether file is a directory marker or not
 func isDirectoryMarker(size int64, metadata map[string]*string, remote string) bool {
 	// Directory markers are 0 length
@@ -2281,19 +1951,18 @@ func (f *Fs) copyMultipart(ctx context.Context, remote, dstContainer, dstPath st
 		return nil, err
 	}
 
-	// Prepare metadata/headers/tags for destination
+	// Convert metadata from source object
-	// For multipart commit, include base metadata from source then overlay mapped
-	commitHeaders, commitMeta, commitTags, _, err := assembleCopyParams(ctx, f, src, srcProperties, true)
-	if err != nil {
-		return nil, fmt.Errorf("multipart copy: %w", err)
-	}
-
-	// Convert metadata from source or mapper
 	options := blockblob.CommitBlockListOptions{
-		Metadata:    commitMeta,
+		Metadata: srcProperties.Metadata,
-		Tags:        commitTags,
+		Tier:     parseTier(f.opt.AccessTier),
-		Tier:        parseTier(f.opt.AccessTier),
+		HTTPHeaders: &blob.HTTPHeaders{
-		HTTPHeaders: &commitHeaders,
+			BlobCacheControl:       srcProperties.CacheControl,
+			BlobContentDisposition: srcProperties.ContentDisposition,
+			BlobContentEncoding:    srcProperties.ContentEncoding,
+			BlobContentLanguage:    srcProperties.ContentLanguage,
+			BlobContentMD5:         srcProperties.ContentMD5,
+			BlobContentType:        srcProperties.ContentType,
+		},
 	}
 
 	// Finalise the upload session
@@ -2324,36 +1993,10 @@ func (f *Fs) copySinglepart(ctx context.Context, remote, dstContainer, dstPath s
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("single part copy: source auth: %w", err)
 	}
 
-	// Prepare mapped metadata/tags/headers if requested
+	// Start the copy
 	options := blob.StartCopyFromURLOptions{
 		Tier: parseTier(f.opt.AccessTier),
 	}
-	var postHeaders *blob.HTTPHeaders
-	// Read source properties and assemble params; this also handles the case when mapping is disabled
-	srcProps, err := src.readMetaDataAlways(ctx)
-	if err != nil {
-		return nil, fmt.Errorf("single part copy: read source properties: %w", err)
-	}
-	// For singlepart copy, do not include base metadata from source in StartCopyFromURL
-	headers, meta, tags, hadMapping, aerr := assembleCopyParams(ctx, f, src, srcProps, false)
-	if aerr != nil {
-		return nil, fmt.Errorf("single part copy: %w", aerr)
-	}
-	// Apply tags and post-copy headers only when mapping requested changes
-	if len(tags) > 0 {
-		options.BlobTags = make(map[string]string, len(tags))
-		for k, v := range tags {
-			options.BlobTags[k] = v
-		}
-	}
-	if hadMapping {
-		// Only set metadata explicitly when mapping was requested; otherwise
-		// let the service copy source metadata (including mtime) automatically.
-		if len(meta) > 0 {
-			options.Metadata = meta
-		}
-		postHeaders = &headers
-	}
 	var startCopy blob.StartCopyFromURLResponse
 	err = f.pacer.Call(func() (bool, error) {
 		startCopy, err = dstBlobSVC.StartCopyFromURL(ctx, srcURL, &options)
@@ -2383,16 +2026,6 @@ func (f *Fs) copySinglepart(ctx context.Context, remote, dstContainer, dstPath s
 		pollTime = min(2*pollTime, time.Second)
 	}
 
-	// If mapper requested header changes, set them post-copy
-	if postHeaders != nil {
-		blb := f.getBlobSVC(dstContainer, dstPath)
-		_, setErr := blb.SetHTTPHeaders(ctx, *postHeaders, nil)
-		if setErr != nil {
-			return nil, fmt.Errorf("single part copy: failed to set headers: %w", setErr)
-		}
-	}
-	// Metadata (when requested) is set via StartCopyFromURL options.Metadata
-
 	return f.NewObject(ctx, remote)
 }
 
@@ -2524,35 +2157,6 @@ func (o *Object) getMetadata() (metadata map[string]*string) {
 	return metadata
 }
 
-// Metadata returns metadata for an object
-//
-// It returns a combined view of system and user metadata.
-func (o *Object) Metadata(ctx context.Context) (fs.Metadata, error) {
-	// Ensure metadata is loaded
-	if err := o.readMetaData(ctx); err != nil {
-		return nil, err
-	}
-
-	m := fs.Metadata{}
-
-	// System metadata we expose
-	if !o.modTime.IsZero() {
-		m["mtime"] = o.modTime.Format(time.RFC3339Nano)
-	}
-	if o.accessTier != "" {
-		m["tier"] = string(o.accessTier)
-	}
-
-	// Merge user metadata (already lower-cased keys)
-	metadataMu.Lock()
-	for k, v := range o.meta {
-		m[k] = v
-	}
-	metadataMu.Unlock()
-
-	return m, nil
-}
-
 // decodeMetaDataFromPropertiesResponse sets the metadata from the data passed in
 //
 // Sets
@@ -3391,18 +2995,16 @@ func (o *Object) prepareUpload(ctx context.Context, src fs.ObjectInfo, options [
 	// 	containerPath = containerPath[:len(containerPath)-1]
 	// }
 
-	// Start with default content-type based on source
+	// Update Mod time
-	ui.httpHeaders = blob.HTTPHeaders{
+	o.updateMetadataWithModTime(src.ModTime(ctx))
-		BlobContentType: pString(fs.MimeType(ctx, src)),
-	}
-
-	// Apply mapped metadata/headers/tags if requested
-	modTime, err := o.applyMappedMetadata(ctx, src, &ui, options)
 	if err != nil {
 		return ui, err
 	}
-	// Ensure mtime is set in metadata based on possibly overridden modTime
+
-	o.updateMetadataWithModTime(modTime)
+	// Create the HTTP headers for the upload
+	ui.httpHeaders = blob.HTTPHeaders{
+		BlobContentType: pString(fs.MimeType(ctx, src)),
+	}
 
 	// Compute the Content-MD5 of the file. As we stream all uploads it
 	// will be set in PutBlockList API call using the 'x-ms-blob-content-md5' header

backend/azureblob/azureblob_internal_test.go

@@ -5,16 +5,11 @@ package azureblob
 import (
 	"context"
 	"encoding/base64"
-	"fmt"
-	"net/http"
 	"strings"
 	"testing"
-	"time"
 
-	"github.com/Azure/azure-sdk-for-go/sdk/storage/azblob/blob"
 	"github.com/Azure/azure-sdk-for-go/sdk/storage/azblob/blockblob"
 	"github.com/rclone/rclone/fs"
-	"github.com/rclone/rclone/fs/object"
 	"github.com/rclone/rclone/fstest"
 	"github.com/rclone/rclone/fstest/fstests"
 	"github.com/rclone/rclone/lib/random"
@@ -153,417 +148,4 @@ func (f *Fs) testWriteUncommittedBlocks(t *testing.T) {
 func (f *Fs) InternalTest(t *testing.T) {
 	t.Run("Features", f.testFeatures)
 	t.Run("WriteUncommittedBlocks", f.testWriteUncommittedBlocks)
-	t.Run("Metadata", f.testMetadataPaths)
-}
-
-// helper to read blob properties for an object
-func getProps(ctx context.Context, t *testing.T, o fs.Object) *blob.GetPropertiesResponse {
-	ao := o.(*Object)
-	props, err := ao.readMetaDataAlways(ctx)
-	require.NoError(t, err)
-	return props
-}
-
-// helper to assert select headers and user metadata
-func assertHeadersAndMetadata(t *testing.T, props *blob.GetPropertiesResponse, want map[string]string, wantUserMeta map[string]string) {
-	// Headers
-	get := func(p *string) string {
-		if p == nil {
-			return ""
-		}
-		return *p
-	}
-	if v, ok := want["content-type"]; ok {
-		assert.Equal(t, v, get(props.ContentType), "content-type")
-	}
-	if v, ok := want["cache-control"]; ok {
-		assert.Equal(t, v, get(props.CacheControl), "cache-control")
-	}
-	if v, ok := want["content-disposition"]; ok {
-		assert.Equal(t, v, get(props.ContentDisposition), "content-disposition")
-	}
-	if v, ok := want["content-encoding"]; ok {
-		assert.Equal(t, v, get(props.ContentEncoding), "content-encoding")
-	}
-	if v, ok := want["content-language"]; ok {
-		assert.Equal(t, v, get(props.ContentLanguage), "content-language")
-	}
-	// User metadata (case-insensitive keys from service)
-	norm := make(map[string]*string, len(props.Metadata))
-	for kk, vv := range props.Metadata {
-		norm[strings.ToLower(kk)] = vv
-	}
-	for k, v := range wantUserMeta {
-		pv, ok := norm[strings.ToLower(k)]
-		if assert.True(t, ok, fmt.Sprintf("missing user metadata key %q", k)) {
-			if pv == nil {
-				assert.Equal(t, v, "", k)
-			} else {
-				assert.Equal(t, v, *pv, k)
-			}
-		} else {
-			// Log available keys for diagnostics
-			keys := make([]string, 0, len(props.Metadata))
-			for kk := range props.Metadata {
-				keys = append(keys, kk)
-			}
-			t.Logf("available user metadata keys: %v", keys)
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-// helper to read blob tags for an object
-func getTagsMap(ctx context.Context, t *testing.T, o fs.Object) map[string]string {
-	ao := o.(*Object)
-	blb := ao.getBlobSVC()
-	resp, err := blb.GetTags(ctx, nil)
-	require.NoError(t, err)
-	out := make(map[string]string)
-	for _, tag := range resp.BlobTagSet {
-		if tag.Key != nil {
-			k := *tag.Key
-			v := ""
-			if tag.Value != nil {
-				v = *tag.Value
-			}
-			out[k] = v
-		}
-	}
-	return out
-}
-
-// Test metadata across different write paths
-func (f *Fs) testMetadataPaths(t *testing.T) {
-	ctx := context.Background()
-	if testing.Short() {
-		t.Skip("skipping in short mode")
-	}
-
-	// Common expected metadata and headers
-	baseMeta := fs.Metadata{
-		"cache-control":       "no-cache",
-		"content-disposition": "inline",
-		"content-language":    "en-US",
-		// Note: Don't set content-encoding here to avoid download decoding differences
-		// We will set a custom user metadata key
-		"potato": "royal",
-		// and modtime
-		"mtime": fstest.Time("2009-05-06T04:05:06.499999999Z").Format(time.RFC3339Nano),
-	}
-
-	// Singlepart upload
-	t.Run("PutSinglepart", func(t *testing.T) {
-		// size less than chunk size
-		contents := random.String(int(f.opt.ChunkSize / 2))
-		item := fstest.NewItem("meta-single.txt", contents, fstest.Time("2001-05-06T04:05:06.499999999Z"))
-		// override content-type via metadata mapping
-		meta := fs.Metadata{}
-		meta.Merge(baseMeta)
-		meta["content-type"] = "text/plain"
-		obj := fstests.PutTestContentsMetadata(ctx, t, f, &item, true, contents, true, "text/html", meta)
-		defer func() { _ = obj.Remove(ctx) }()
-
-		props := getProps(ctx, t, obj)
-		assertHeadersAndMetadata(t, props, map[string]string{
-			"content-type":        "text/plain",
-			"cache-control":       "no-cache",
-			"content-disposition": "inline",
-			"content-language":    "en-US",
-		}, map[string]string{
-			"potato": "royal",
-		})
-		_ = http.StatusOK // keep import for parity but don't inspect RawResponse
-	})
-
-	// Multipart upload
-	t.Run("PutMultipart", func(t *testing.T) {
-		// size greater than chunk size to force multipart
-		contents := random.String(int(f.opt.ChunkSize + 1024))
-		item := fstest.NewItem("meta-multipart.txt", contents, fstest.Time("2001-05-06T04:05:06.499999999Z"))
-		meta := fs.Metadata{}
-		meta.Merge(baseMeta)
-		meta["content-type"] = "application/json"
-		obj := fstests.PutTestContentsMetadata(ctx, t, f, &item, true, contents, true, "text/html", meta)
-		defer func() { _ = obj.Remove(ctx) }()
-
-		props := getProps(ctx, t, obj)
-		assertHeadersAndMetadata(t, props, map[string]string{
-			"content-type":        "application/json",
-			"cache-control":       "no-cache",
-			"content-disposition": "inline",
-			"content-language":    "en-US",
-		}, map[string]string{
-			"potato": "royal",
-		})
-
-		// Tags: Singlepart upload
-		t.Run("PutSinglepartTags", func(t *testing.T) {
-			contents := random.String(int(f.opt.ChunkSize / 2))
-			item := fstest.NewItem("tags-single.txt", contents, fstest.Time("2001-05-06T04:05:06.499999999Z"))
-			meta := fs.Metadata{
-				"x-ms-tags": "env=dev,team=sync",
-			}
-			obj := fstests.PutTestContentsMetadata(ctx, t, f, &item, true, contents, true, "text/plain", meta)
-			defer func() { _ = obj.Remove(ctx) }()
-
-			tags := getTagsMap(ctx, t, obj)
-			assert.Equal(t, "dev", tags["env"])
-			assert.Equal(t, "sync", tags["team"])
-		})
-
-		// Tags: Multipart upload
-		t.Run("PutMultipartTags", func(t *testing.T) {
-			contents := random.String(int(f.opt.ChunkSize + 2048))
-			item := fstest.NewItem("tags-multipart.txt", contents, fstest.Time("2001-05-06T04:05:06.499999999Z"))
-			meta := fs.Metadata{
-				"x-ms-tags": "project=alpha,release=2025-08",
-			}
-			obj := fstests.PutTestContentsMetadata(ctx, t, f, &item, true, contents, true, "application/octet-stream", meta)
-			defer func() { _ = obj.Remove(ctx) }()
-
-			tags := getTagsMap(ctx, t, obj)
-			assert.Equal(t, "alpha", tags["project"])
-			assert.Equal(t, "2025-08", tags["release"])
-		})
-	})
-
-	// Singlepart copy with metadata-set mapping; omit content-type to exercise fallback
-	t.Run("CopySinglepart", func(t *testing.T) {
-		// create small source
-		contents := random.String(int(f.opt.ChunkSize / 2))
-		srcItem := fstest.NewItem("meta-copy-single-src.txt", contents, fstest.Time("2001-05-06T04:05:06.499999999Z"))
-		srcObj := fstests.PutTestContentsMetadata(ctx, t, f, &srcItem, true, contents, true, "text/plain", nil)
-		defer func() { _ = srcObj.Remove(ctx) }()
-
-		// set mapping via MetadataSet
-		ctx2, ci := fs.AddConfig(ctx)
-		ci.Metadata = true
-		ci.MetadataSet = fs.Metadata{
-			"cache-control":       "private, max-age=60",
-			"content-disposition": "attachment; filename=foo.txt",
-			"content-language":    "fr",
-			// no content-type: should fallback to source
-			"potato": "maris",
-		}
-
-		// do copy
-		dstName := "meta-copy-single-dst.txt"
-		dst, err := f.Copy(ctx2, srcObj, dstName)
-		require.NoError(t, err)
-		defer func() { _ = dst.Remove(ctx2) }()
-
-		props := getProps(ctx2, t, dst)
-		// content-type should fallback to source (text/plain)
-		assertHeadersAndMetadata(t, props, map[string]string{
-			"content-type":        "text/plain",
-			"cache-control":       "private, max-age=60",
-			"content-disposition": "attachment; filename=foo.txt",
-			"content-language":    "fr",
-		}, map[string]string{
-			"potato": "maris",
-		})
-		// mtime should be populated on copy when --metadata is used
-		// and should equal the source ModTime (RFC3339Nano)
-		// Read user metadata (case-insensitive)
-		m := props.Metadata
-		var gotMtime string
-		for k, v := range m {
-			if strings.EqualFold(k, "mtime") && v != nil {
-				gotMtime = *v
-				break
-			}
-		}
-		if assert.NotEmpty(t, gotMtime, "mtime not set on destination metadata") {
-			// parse and compare times ignoring formatting differences
-			parsed, err := time.Parse(time.RFC3339Nano, gotMtime)
-			require.NoError(t, err)
-			assert.True(t, srcObj.ModTime(ctx2).Equal(parsed), "dst mtime should equal src ModTime")
-		}
-	})
-
-	// CopySinglepart with only --metadata (no MetadataSet) must inject mtime and preserve src content-type
-	t.Run("CopySinglepart_MetadataOnly", func(t *testing.T) {
-		contents := random.String(int(f.opt.ChunkSize / 2))
-		srcItem := fstest.NewItem("meta-copy-single-only-src.txt", contents, fstest.Time("2001-05-06T04:05:06.499999999Z"))
-		srcObj := fstests.PutTestContentsMetadata(ctx, t, f, &srcItem, true, contents, true, "text/plain", nil)
-		defer func() { _ = srcObj.Remove(ctx) }()
-
-		ctx2, ci := fs.AddConfig(ctx)
-		ci.Metadata = true
-
-		dstName := "meta-copy-single-only-dst.txt"
-		dst, err := f.Copy(ctx2, srcObj, dstName)
-		require.NoError(t, err)
-		defer func() { _ = dst.Remove(ctx2) }()
-
-		props := getProps(ctx2, t, dst)
-		assertHeadersAndMetadata(t, props, map[string]string{
-			"content-type": "text/plain",
-		}, map[string]string{})
-		// Assert mtime injected
-		m := props.Metadata
-		var gotMtime string
-		for k, v := range m {
-			if strings.EqualFold(k, "mtime") && v != nil {
-				gotMtime = *v
-				break
-			}
-		}
-		if assert.NotEmpty(t, gotMtime, "mtime not set on destination metadata") {
-			parsed, err := time.Parse(time.RFC3339Nano, gotMtime)
-			require.NoError(t, err)
-			assert.True(t, srcObj.ModTime(ctx2).Equal(parsed), "dst mtime should equal src ModTime")
-		}
-	})
-
-	// Multipart copy with metadata-set mapping; omit content-type to exercise fallback
-	t.Run("CopyMultipart", func(t *testing.T) {
-		// create large source to force multipart
-		contents := random.String(int(f.opt.CopyCutoff + 1024))
-		srcItem := fstest.NewItem("meta-copy-multi-src.txt", contents, fstest.Time("2001-05-06T04:05:06.499999999Z"))
-		srcObj := fstests.PutTestContentsMetadata(ctx, t, f, &srcItem, true, contents, true, "application/octet-stream", nil)
-		defer func() { _ = srcObj.Remove(ctx) }()
-
-		// set mapping via MetadataSet
-		ctx2, ci := fs.AddConfig(ctx)
-		ci.Metadata = true
-		ci.MetadataSet = fs.Metadata{
-			"cache-control": "max-age=0, no-cache",
-			// omit content-type to trigger fallback
-			"content-language": "de",
-			"potato":           "desiree",
-		}
-
-		dstName := "meta-copy-multi-dst.txt"
-		dst, err := f.Copy(ctx2, srcObj, dstName)
-		require.NoError(t, err)
-		defer func() { _ = dst.Remove(ctx2) }()
-
-		props := getProps(ctx2, t, dst)
-		// content-type should fallback to source (application/octet-stream)
-		assertHeadersAndMetadata(t, props, map[string]string{
-			"content-type":     "application/octet-stream",
-			"cache-control":    "max-age=0, no-cache",
-			"content-language": "de",
-		}, map[string]string{
-			"potato": "desiree",
-		})
-		// mtime should be populated on copy when --metadata is used
-		m := props.Metadata
-		var gotMtime string
-		for k, v := range m {
-			if strings.EqualFold(k, "mtime") && v != nil {
-				gotMtime = *v
-				break
-			}
-		}
-		if assert.NotEmpty(t, gotMtime, "mtime not set on destination metadata") {
-			parsed, err := time.Parse(time.RFC3339Nano, gotMtime)
-			require.NoError(t, err)
-			assert.True(t, srcObj.ModTime(ctx2).Equal(parsed), "dst mtime should equal src ModTime")
-		}
-	})
-
-	// CopyMultipart with only --metadata must inject mtime and preserve src content-type
-	t.Run("CopyMultipart_MetadataOnly", func(t *testing.T) {
-		contents := random.String(int(f.opt.CopyCutoff + 2048))
-		srcItem := fstest.NewItem("meta-copy-multi-only-src.txt", contents, fstest.Time("2001-05-06T04:05:06.499999999Z"))
-		srcObj := fstests.PutTestContentsMetadata(ctx, t, f, &srcItem, true, contents, true, "application/octet-stream", nil)
-		defer func() { _ = srcObj.Remove(ctx) }()
-
-		ctx2, ci := fs.AddConfig(ctx)
-		ci.Metadata = true
-
-		dstName := "meta-copy-multi-only-dst.txt"
-		dst, err := f.Copy(ctx2, srcObj, dstName)
-		require.NoError(t, err)
-		defer func() { _ = dst.Remove(ctx2) }()
-
-		props := getProps(ctx2, t, dst)
-		assertHeadersAndMetadata(t, props, map[string]string{
-			"content-type": "application/octet-stream",
-		}, map[string]string{})
-		m := props.Metadata
-		var gotMtime string
-		for k, v := range m {
-			if strings.EqualFold(k, "mtime") && v != nil {
-				gotMtime = *v
-				break
-			}
-		}
-		if assert.NotEmpty(t, gotMtime, "mtime not set on destination metadata") {
-			parsed, err := time.Parse(time.RFC3339Nano, gotMtime)
-			require.NoError(t, err)
-			assert.True(t, srcObj.ModTime(ctx2).Equal(parsed), "dst mtime should equal src ModTime")
-		}
-	})
-
-	// Tags: Singlepart copy
-	t.Run("CopySinglepartTags", func(t *testing.T) {
-		// create small source
-		contents := random.String(int(f.opt.ChunkSize / 2))
-		srcItem := fstest.NewItem("tags-copy-single-src.txt", contents, fstest.Time("2001-05-06T04:05:06.499999999Z"))
-		srcObj := fstests.PutTestContentsMetadata(ctx, t, f, &srcItem, true, contents, true, "text/plain", nil)
-		defer func() { _ = srcObj.Remove(ctx) }()
-
-		// set mapping via MetadataSet including tags
-		ctx2, ci := fs.AddConfig(ctx)
-		ci.Metadata = true
-		ci.MetadataSet = fs.Metadata{
-			"x-ms-tags": "copy=single,mode=test",
-		}
-
-		dstName := "tags-copy-single-dst.txt"
-		dst, err := f.Copy(ctx2, srcObj, dstName)
-		require.NoError(t, err)
-		defer func() { _ = dst.Remove(ctx2) }()
-
-		tags := getTagsMap(ctx2, t, dst)
-		assert.Equal(t, "single", tags["copy"])
-		assert.Equal(t, "test", tags["mode"])
-	})
-
-	// Tags: Multipart copy
-	t.Run("CopyMultipartTags", func(t *testing.T) {
-		// create large source to force multipart
-		contents := random.String(int(f.opt.CopyCutoff + 4096))
-		srcItem := fstest.NewItem("tags-copy-multi-src.txt", contents, fstest.Time("2001-05-06T04:05:06.499999999Z"))
-		srcObj := fstests.PutTestContentsMetadata(ctx, t, f, &srcItem, true, contents, true, "application/octet-stream", nil)
-		defer func() { _ = srcObj.Remove(ctx) }()
-
-		ctx2, ci := fs.AddConfig(ctx)
-		ci.Metadata = true
-		ci.MetadataSet = fs.Metadata{
-			"x-ms-tags": "copy=multi,mode=test",
-		}
-
-		dstName := "tags-copy-multi-dst.txt"
-		dst, err := f.Copy(ctx2, srcObj, dstName)
-		require.NoError(t, err)
-		defer func() { _ = dst.Remove(ctx2) }()
-
-		tags := getTagsMap(ctx2, t, dst)
-		assert.Equal(t, "multi", tags["copy"])
-		assert.Equal(t, "test", tags["mode"])
-	})
-
-	// Negative: invalid x-ms-tags must error
-	t.Run("InvalidXMsTags", func(t *testing.T) {
-		contents := random.String(32)
-		item := fstest.NewItem("tags-invalid.txt", contents, fstest.Time("2001-05-06T04:05:06.499999999Z"))
-		// construct ObjectInfo with invalid x-ms-tags
-		buf := strings.NewReader(contents)
-		// Build obj info with metadata
-		meta := fs.Metadata{
-			"x-ms-tags": "badpair-without-equals",
-		}
-		// force metadata on
-		ctx2, ci := fs.AddConfig(ctx)
-		ci.Metadata = true
-		obji := object.NewStaticObjectInfo(item.Path, item.ModTime, int64(len(contents)), true, nil, nil)
-		obji = obji.WithMetadata(meta).WithMimeType("text/plain")
-		_, err := f.Put(ctx2, buf, obji)
-		require.Error(t, err)
-		assert.Contains(t, err.Error(), "invalid tag")
-	})
 }

backend/b2/api/types.go

@@ -133,32 +133,23 @@ type File struct {
 	Info            map[string]string `json:"fileInfo"`        // The custom information that was uploaded with the file. This is a JSON object, holding the name/value pairs that were uploaded with the file.
 }
 
-// StorageAPI is as returned from the b2_authorize_account call
+// AuthorizeAccountResponse is as returned from the b2_authorize_account call
-type StorageAPI struct {
+type AuthorizeAccountResponse struct {
 	AbsoluteMinimumPartSize int      `json:"absoluteMinimumPartSize"` // The smallest possible size of a part of a large file.
+	AccountID               string   `json:"accountId"`               // The identifier for the account.
 	Allowed                 struct { // An object (see below) containing the capabilities of this auth token, and any restrictions on using it.
-		Buckets []struct { // When present, access is restricted to one or more buckets.
+		BucketID     string   `json:"bucketId"`     // When present, access is restricted to one bucket.
-			ID   string `json:"id"`   // ID of bucket
+		BucketName   string   `json:"bucketName"`   // When present, name of bucket - may be empty
-			Name string `json:"name"` // When present, name of bucket - may be empty
+		Capabilities []string `json:"capabilities"` // A list of strings, each one naming a capability the key has.
-		} `json:"buckets"`
-		Capabilities []string `json:"capabilities"` // A list of strings, each one naming a capability the key has for every bucket.
 		NamePrefix   any      `json:"namePrefix"`   // When present, access is restricted to files whose names start with the prefix
 	} `json:"allowed"`
 	APIURL              string `json:"apiUrl"`              // The base URL to use for all API calls except for uploading and downloading files.
+	AuthorizationToken  string `json:"authorizationToken"`  // An authorization token to use with all calls, other than b2_authorize_account, that need an Authorization header.
 	DownloadURL         string `json:"downloadUrl"`         // The base URL to use for downloading files.
 	MinimumPartSize     int    `json:"minimumPartSize"`     // DEPRECATED: This field will always have the same value as recommendedPartSize. Use recommendedPartSize instead.
 	RecommendedPartSize int    `json:"recommendedPartSize"` // The recommended size for each part of a large file. We recommend using this part size for optimal upload performance.
 }
 
-// AuthorizeAccountResponse is as returned from the b2_authorize_account call
-type AuthorizeAccountResponse struct {
-	AccountID          string   `json:"accountId"`          // The identifier for the account.
-	AuthorizationToken string   `json:"authorizationToken"` // An authorization token to use with all calls, other than b2_authorize_account, that need an Authorization header.
-	APIs               struct { // Supported APIs for this account / key. These are API-dependent JSON objects.
-		Storage StorageAPI `json:"storageApi"`
-	} `json:"apiInfo"`
-}
-
 // ListBucketsRequest is parameters for b2_list_buckets call
 type ListBucketsRequest struct {
 	AccountID   string   `json:"accountId"`             // The identifier for the account.

backend/b2/b2.go

@@ -607,29 +607,17 @@ func NewFs(ctx context.Context, name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, e
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to authorize account: %w", err)
 	}
-	// If this is a key limited to one or more buckets, one of them must exist
+	// If this is a key limited to a single bucket, it must exist already
-	// and be ours.
+	if f.rootBucket != "" && f.info.Allowed.BucketID != "" {
-	if f.rootBucket != "" && len(f.info.APIs.Storage.Allowed.Buckets) != 0 {
+		allowedBucket := f.opt.Enc.ToStandardName(f.info.Allowed.BucketName)
-		buckets := f.info.APIs.Storage.Allowed.Buckets
+		if allowedBucket == "" {
-		var rootFound = false
+			return nil, errors.New("bucket that application key is restricted to no longer exists")
-		var rootID string
-		for _, b := range buckets {
-			allowedBucket := f.opt.Enc.ToStandardName(b.Name)
-			if allowedBucket == "" {
-				fs.Debugf(f, "bucket %q that application key is restricted to no longer exists", b.ID)
-				continue
-			}
-
-			if allowedBucket == f.rootBucket {
-				rootFound = true
-				rootID = b.ID
-			}
 		}
-		if !rootFound {
+		if allowedBucket != f.rootBucket {
-			return nil, fmt.Errorf("you must use bucket(s) %q with this application key", buckets)
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("you must use bucket %q with this application key", allowedBucket)
 		}
 		f.cache.MarkOK(f.rootBucket)
-		f.setBucketID(f.rootBucket, rootID)
+		f.setBucketID(f.rootBucket, f.info.Allowed.BucketID)
 	}
 	if f.rootBucket != "" && f.rootDirectory != "" {
 		// Check to see if the (bucket,directory) is actually an existing file
@@ -655,7 +643,7 @@ func (f *Fs) authorizeAccount(ctx context.Context) error {
 	defer f.authMu.Unlock()
 	opts := rest.Opts{
 		Method:       "GET",
-		Path:         "/b2api/v4/b2_authorize_account",
+		Path:         "/b2api/v1/b2_authorize_account",
 		RootURL:      f.opt.Endpoint,
 		UserName:     f.opt.Account,
 		Password:     f.opt.Key,
@@ -668,13 +656,13 @@ func (f *Fs) authorizeAccount(ctx context.Context) error {
 	if err != nil {
 		return fmt.Errorf("failed to authenticate: %w", err)
 	}
-	f.srv.SetRoot(f.info.APIs.Storage.APIURL+"/b2api/v1").SetHeader("Authorization", f.info.AuthorizationToken)
+	f.srv.SetRoot(f.info.APIURL+"/b2api/v1").SetHeader("Authorization", f.info.AuthorizationToken)
 	return nil
 }
 
 // hasPermission returns if the current AuthorizationToken has the selected permission
 func (f *Fs) hasPermission(permission string) bool {
-	return slices.Contains(f.info.APIs.Storage.Allowed.Capabilities, permission)
+	return slices.Contains(f.info.Allowed.Capabilities, permission)
 }
 
 // getUploadURL returns the upload info with the UploadURL and the AuthorizationToken
@@ -1079,68 +1067,44 @@ type listBucketFn func(*api.Bucket) error
 
 // listBucketsToFn lists the buckets to the function supplied
 func (f *Fs) listBucketsToFn(ctx context.Context, bucketName string, fn listBucketFn) error {
-	responses := make([]api.ListBucketsResponse, len(f.info.APIs.Storage.Allowed.Buckets))[:0]
+	var account = api.ListBucketsRequest{
-
+		AccountID: f.info.AccountID,
-	for i := range f.info.APIs.Storage.Allowed.Buckets {
+		BucketID:  f.info.Allowed.BucketID,
-		b := &f.info.APIs.Storage.Allowed.Buckets[i]
+	}
-		// Empty names indicate a bucket that no longer exists, this is non-fatal
+	if bucketName != "" && account.BucketID == "" {
-		// for multi-bucket API keys.
+		account.BucketName = f.opt.Enc.FromStandardName(bucketName)
-		if b.Name == "" {
-			continue
-		}
-		// When requesting a specific bucket skip over non-matching names
-		if bucketName != "" && b.Name != bucketName {
-			continue
-		}
-
-		var account = api.ListBucketsRequest{
-			AccountID: f.info.AccountID,
-			BucketID:  b.ID,
-		}
-		if bucketName != "" && account.BucketID == "" {
-			account.BucketName = f.opt.Enc.FromStandardName(bucketName)
-		}
-
-		var response api.ListBucketsResponse
-		opts := rest.Opts{
-			Method: "POST",
-			Path:   "/b2_list_buckets",
-		}
-		err := f.pacer.Call(func() (bool, error) {
-			resp, err := f.srv.CallJSON(ctx, &opts, &account, &response)
-			return f.shouldRetry(ctx, resp, err)
-		})
-		if err != nil {
-			return err
-		}
-		responses = append(responses, response)
 	}
 
+	var response api.ListBucketsResponse
+	opts := rest.Opts{
+		Method: "POST",
+		Path:   "/b2_list_buckets",
+	}
+	err := f.pacer.Call(func() (bool, error) {
+		resp, err := f.srv.CallJSON(ctx, &opts, &account, &response)
+		return f.shouldRetry(ctx, resp, err)
+	})
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
 	f.bucketIDMutex.Lock()
 	f.bucketTypeMutex.Lock()
 	f._bucketID = make(map[string]string, 1)
 	f._bucketType = make(map[string]string, 1)
-
+	for i := range response.Buckets {
-	for ri := range responses {
+		bucket := &response.Buckets[i]
-		response := &responses[ri]
+		bucket.Name = f.opt.Enc.ToStandardName(bucket.Name)
-		for i := range response.Buckets {
+		f.cache.MarkOK(bucket.Name)
-			bucket := &response.Buckets[i]
+		f._bucketID[bucket.Name] = bucket.ID
-			bucket.Name = f.opt.Enc.ToStandardName(bucket.Name)
+		f._bucketType[bucket.Name] = bucket.Type
-			f.cache.MarkOK(bucket.Name)
-			f._bucketID[bucket.Name] = bucket.ID
-			f._bucketType[bucket.Name] = bucket.Type
-		}
 	}
 	f.bucketTypeMutex.Unlock()
 	f.bucketIDMutex.Unlock()
-	for ri := range responses {
+	for i := range response.Buckets {
-		response := &responses[ri]
+		bucket := &response.Buckets[i]
-		for i := range response.Buckets {
+		err = fn(bucket)
-			bucket := &response.Buckets[i]
+		if err != nil {
-			err := fn(bucket)
+			return err
-			if err != nil {
-				return err
-			}
 		}
 	}
 	return nil
@@ -1642,7 +1606,7 @@ func (f *Fs) PublicLink(ctx context.Context, remote string, expire fs.Duration,
 	bucket, bucketPath := f.split(remote)
 	var RootURL string
 	if f.opt.DownloadURL == "" {
-		RootURL = f.info.APIs.Storage.DownloadURL
+		RootURL = f.info.DownloadURL
 	} else {
 		RootURL = f.opt.DownloadURL
 	}
@@ -1993,7 +1957,7 @@ func (o *Object) getOrHead(ctx context.Context, method string, options []fs.Open
 	// Use downloadUrl from backblaze if downloadUrl is not set
 	// otherwise use the custom downloadUrl
 	if o.fs.opt.DownloadURL == "" {
-		opts.RootURL = o.fs.info.APIs.Storage.DownloadURL
+		opts.RootURL = o.fs.info.DownloadURL
 	} else {
 		opts.RootURL = o.fs.opt.DownloadURL
 	}

backend/box/box.go

@@ -87,11 +87,13 @@ func init() {
 		Description: "Box",
 		NewFs:       NewFs,
 		Config: func(ctx context.Context, name string, m configmap.Mapper, config fs.ConfigIn) (*fs.ConfigOut, error) {
+			jsonFile, ok := m.Get("box_config_file")
+			boxSubType, boxSubTypeOk := m.Get("box_sub_type")
 			boxAccessToken, boxAccessTokenOk := m.Get("access_token")
 			var err error
 			// If using box config.json, use JWT auth
-			if usesJWTAuth(m) {
+			if ok && boxSubTypeOk && jsonFile != "" && boxSubType != "" {
-				err = refreshJWTToken(ctx, name, m)
+				err = refreshJWTToken(ctx, jsonFile, boxSubType, name, m)
 				if err != nil {
 					return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to configure token with jwt authentication: %w", err)
 				}
@@ -112,11 +114,6 @@ func init() {
 		}, {
 			Name: "box_config_file",
 			Help: "Box App config.json location\n\nLeave blank normally." + env.ShellExpandHelp,
-		}, {
-			Name:      "config_credentials",
-			Help:      "Box App config.json contents.\n\nLeave blank normally.",
-			Hide:      fs.OptionHideBoth,
-			Sensitive: true,
 		}, {
 			Name:      "access_token",
 			Help:      "Box App Primary Access Token\n\nLeave blank normally.",
@@ -187,17 +184,9 @@ See: https://developer.box.com/guides/authentication/jwt/as-user/
 	})
 }
 
-func usesJWTAuth(m configmap.Mapper) bool {
+func refreshJWTToken(ctx context.Context, jsonFile string, boxSubType string, name string, m configmap.Mapper) error {
-	jsonFile, okFile := m.Get("box_config_file")
+	jsonFile = env.ShellExpand(jsonFile)
-	jsonFileCredentials, okCredentials := m.Get("config_credentials")
+	boxConfig, err := getBoxConfig(jsonFile)
-	boxSubType, boxSubTypeOk := m.Get("box_sub_type")
-	return (okFile || okCredentials) && boxSubTypeOk && (jsonFile != "" || jsonFileCredentials != "") && boxSubType != ""
-}
-
-func refreshJWTToken(ctx context.Context, name string, m configmap.Mapper) error {
-	boxSubType, _ := m.Get("box_sub_type")
-
-	boxConfig, err := getBoxConfig(m)
 	if err != nil {
 		return fmt.Errorf("get box config: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -216,19 +205,12 @@ func refreshJWTToken(ctx context.Context, name string, m configmap.Mapper) error
 	return err
 }
 
-func getBoxConfig(m configmap.Mapper) (boxConfig *api.ConfigJSON, err error) {
+func getBoxConfig(configFile string) (boxConfig *api.ConfigJSON, err error) {
-	configFileCredentials, _ := m.Get("config_credentials")
+	file, err := os.ReadFile(configFile)
-	configFileBytes := []byte(configFileCredentials)
+	if err != nil {
-
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("box: failed to read Box config: %w", err)
-	if configFileCredentials == "" {
-		configFile, _ := m.Get("box_config_file")
-		configFileBytes, err = os.ReadFile(configFile)
-		if err != nil {
-			return nil, fmt.Errorf("box: failed to read Box config: %w", err)
-		}
 	}
-
+	err = json.Unmarshal(file, &boxConfig)
-	err = json.Unmarshal(configFileBytes, &boxConfig)
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("box: failed to parse Box config: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -503,12 +485,15 @@ func NewFs(ctx context.Context, name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, e
 		f.srv.SetHeader("as-user", f.opt.Impersonate)
 	}
 
+	jsonFile, ok := m.Get("box_config_file")
+	boxSubType, boxSubTypeOk := m.Get("box_sub_type")
+
 	if ts != nil {
 		// If using box config.json and JWT, renewing should just refresh the token and
 		// should do so whether there are uploads pending or not.
-		if usesJWTAuth(m) {
+		if ok && boxSubTypeOk && jsonFile != "" && boxSubType != "" {
 			f.tokenRenewer = oauthutil.NewRenew(f.String(), ts, func() error {
-				err := refreshJWTToken(ctx, name, m)
+				err := refreshJWTToken(ctx, jsonFile, boxSubType, name, m)
 				return err
 			})
 			f.tokenRenewer.Start()

backend/crypt/cipher.go

@@ -403,14 +403,14 @@ func (c *Cipher) deobfuscateSegment(ciphertext string) (string, error) {
 	if ciphertext == "" {
 		return "", nil
 	}
-	before, after, ok := strings.Cut(ciphertext, ".")
+	pos := strings.Index(ciphertext, ".")
-	if !ok {
+	if pos == -1 {
 		return "", ErrorNotAnEncryptedFile
 	} // No .
-	num := before
+	num := ciphertext[:pos]
 	if num == "!" {
 		// No rotation; probably original was not valid unicode
-		return after, nil
+		return ciphertext[pos+1:], nil
 	}
 	dir, err := strconv.Atoi(num)
 	if err != nil {
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ func (c *Cipher) deobfuscateSegment(ciphertext string) (string, error) {
 	var result bytes.Buffer
 
 	inQuote := false
-	for _, runeValue := range after {
+	for _, runeValue := range ciphertext[pos+1:] {
 		switch {
 		case inQuote:
 			_, _ = result.WriteRune(runeValue)

backend/drime/api/types.go

@@ -1,370 +0,0 @@
-// Package api has type definitions for drime
-//
-// Converted from the API docs with help from https://mholt.github.io/json-to-go/
-package api
-
-import (
-	"encoding/json"
-	"fmt"
-	"time"
-)
-
-// Types of things in Item
-const (
-	ItemTypeFolder = "folder"
-)
-
-type User struct {
-	Email            string      `json:"email"`
-	ID               json.Number `json:"id"`
-	Avatar           string      `json:"avatar"`
-	ModelType        string      `json:"model_type"`
-	OwnsEntry        bool        `json:"owns_entry"`
-	EntryPermissions []any       `json:"entry_permissions"`
-	DisplayName      string      `json:"display_name"`
-}
-
-type Permissions struct {
-	FilesUpdate   bool `json:"files.update"`
-	FilesCreate   bool `json:"files.create"`
-	FilesDownload bool `json:"files.download"`
-	FilesDelete   bool `json:"files.delete"`
-}
-
-// Item describes a folder or a file as returned by /drive/file-entries
-type Item struct {
-	ID           json.Number `json:"id"`
-	Name         string      `json:"name"`
-	Description  any         `json:"description"`
-	FileName     string      `json:"file_name"`
-	Mime         string      `json:"mime"`
-	Color        any         `json:"color"`
-	Backup       bool        `json:"backup"`
-	Tracked      int         `json:"tracked"`
-	FileSize     int64       `json:"file_size"`
-	UserID       json.Number `json:"user_id"`
-	ParentID     json.Number `json:"parent_id"`
-	CreatedAt    time.Time   `json:"created_at"`
-	UpdatedAt    time.Time   `json:"updated_at"`
-	DeletedAt    any         `json:"deleted_at"`
-	IsDeleted    int         `json:"is_deleted"`
-	Path         string      `json:"path"`
-	DiskPrefix   any         `json:"disk_prefix"`
-	Type         string      `json:"type"`
-	Extension    any         `json:"extension"`
-	FileHash     any         `json:"file_hash"`
-	Public       bool        `json:"public"`
-	Thumbnail    bool        `json:"thumbnail"`
-	MuxStatus    any         `json:"mux_status"`
-	ThumbnailURL any         `json:"thumbnail_url"`
-	WorkspaceID  int         `json:"workspace_id"`
-	IsEncrypted  int         `json:"is_encrypted"`
-	Iv           any         `json:"iv"`
-	VaultID      any         `json:"vault_id"`
-	OwnerID      int         `json:"owner_id"`
-	Hash         string      `json:"hash"`
-	URL          string      `json:"url"`
-	Users        []User      `json:"users"`
-	Tags         []any       `json:"tags"`
-	Permissions  Permissions `json:"permissions"`
-}
-
-type Listing struct {
-	CurrentPage int    `json:"current_page"`
-	Data        []Item `json:"data"`
-	From        int    `json:"from"`
-	LastPage    int    `json:"last_page"`
-	NextPage    int    `json:"next_page"`
-	PerPage     int    `json:"per_page"`
-	PrevPage    int    `json:"prev_page"`
-	To          int    `json:"to"`
-	Total       int    `json:"total"`
-}
-
-type UploadResponse struct {
-	Status    string `json:"status"`
-	FileEntry Item   `json:"fileEntry"`
-}
-
-type CreateFolderRequest struct {
-	Name     string      `json:"name"`
-	ParentID json.Number `json:"parentId,omitempty"`
-}
-
-type CreateFolderResponse struct {
-	Status string `json:"status"`
-	Folder Item   `json:"folder"`
-}
-
-const (
-	// 2017-05-03T07:26:10-07:00
-	timeFormat = `"` + time.RFC3339 + `"`
-)
-
-// Time represents date and time information for the
-// drime API, by using RFC3339
-type Time time.Time
-
-// MarshalJSON turns a Time into JSON (in UTC)
-func (t *Time) MarshalJSON() (out []byte, err error) {
-	timeString := (*time.Time)(t).Format(timeFormat)
-	return []byte(timeString), nil
-}
-
-// UnmarshalJSON turns JSON into a Time
-func (t *Time) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) error {
-	newT, err := time.Parse(timeFormat, string(data))
-	if err != nil {
-		return err
-	}
-	*t = Time(newT)
-	return nil
-}
-
-// Error is returned from drime when things go wrong
-type Error struct {
-	Status string `json:"status"`
-}
-
-// Error returns a string for the error and satisfies the error interface
-func (e Error) Error() string {
-	out := fmt.Sprintf("Error %q", e.Status)
-	return out
-}
-
-// IsError returns true if there is an error
-func (e Error) IsError() bool {
-	return e.Status != "ok"
-}
-
-// Err returns err if not nil, or e if IsError or nil
-func (e Error) Err(err error) error {
-	if err != nil {
-		return err
-	}
-	if e.IsError() {
-		return e
-	}
-	return nil
-}
-
-// Check Error satisfies the error interface
-var _ error = (*Error)(nil)
-
-// Item describes a folder or a file as returned by /contents
-type XXXItem struct {
-	ID            string                 `json:"id"`
-	ParentFolder  string                 `json:"parentFolder"`
-	Type          string                 `json:"type"`
-	Name          string                 `json:"name"`
-	Size          int64                  `json:"size"`
-	Code          string                 `json:"code"`
-	CreateTime    int64                  `json:"createTime"`
-	ModTime       int64                  `json:"modTime"`
-	Link          string                 `json:"link"`
-	MD5           string                 `json:"md5"`
-	MimeType      string                 `json:"mimetype"`
-	ChildrenCount int                    `json:"childrenCount"`
-	DirectLinks   map[string]*DirectLink `json:"directLinks"`
-	//Public         bool     `json:"public"`
-	//ServerSelected string   `json:"serverSelected"`
-	//Thumbnail      string   `json:"thumbnail"`
-	//DownloadCount int      `json:"downloadCount"`
-	//TotalDownloadCount int64            `json:"totalDownloadCount"`
-	//TotalSize int64            `json:"totalSize"`
-	//ChildrenIDs   []string               `json:"childrenIds"`
-	Children map[string]*Item `json:"children"`
-}
-
-// ToNativeTime converts a go time to a native time
-func ToNativeTime(t time.Time) int64 {
-	return t.Unix()
-}
-
-// FromNativeTime converts native time to a go time
-func FromNativeTime(t int64) time.Time {
-	return time.Unix(t, 0)
-}
-
-// DirectLink describes a direct link to a file so it can be
-// downloaded by third parties.
-type DirectLink struct {
-	ExpireTime       int64  `json:"expireTime"`
-	SourceIpsAllowed []any  `json:"sourceIpsAllowed"`
-	DomainsAllowed   []any  `json:"domainsAllowed"`
-	Auth             []any  `json:"auth"`
-	IsReqLink        bool   `json:"isReqLink"`
-	DirectLink       string `json:"directLink"`
-}
-
-// Contents is returned from the /contents call
-type Contents struct {
-	Error
-	Data struct {
-		Item
-	} `json:"data"`
-	Metadata Metadata `json:"metadata"`
-}
-
-// Metadata is returned when paging is in use
-type Metadata struct {
-	TotalCount  int  `json:"totalCount"`
-	TotalPages  int  `json:"totalPages"`
-	Page        int  `json:"page"`
-	PageSize    int  `json:"pageSize"`
-	HasNextPage bool `json:"hasNextPage"`
-}
-
-// AccountsGetID is the result of /accounts/getid
-type AccountsGetID struct {
-	Error
-	Data struct {
-		ID string `json:"id"`
-	} `json:"data"`
-}
-
-// Stats of storage and traffic
-type Stats struct {
-	FolderCount            int64 `json:"folderCount"`
-	FileCount              int64 `json:"fileCount"`
-	Storage                int64 `json:"storage"`
-	TrafficDirectGenerated int64 `json:"trafficDirectGenerated"`
-	TrafficReqDownloaded   int64 `json:"trafficReqDownloaded"`
-	TrafficWebDownloaded   int64 `json:"trafficWebDownloaded"`
-}
-
-// AccountsGet is the result of /accounts/{id}
-type AccountsGet struct {
-	Error
-	Data struct {
-		ID                             string `json:"id"`
-		Email                          string `json:"email"`
-		Tier                           string `json:"tier"`
-		PremiumType                    string `json:"premiumType"`
-		Token                          string `json:"token"`
-		RootFolder                     string `json:"rootFolder"`
-		SubscriptionProvider           string `json:"subscriptionProvider"`
-		SubscriptionEndDate            int    `json:"subscriptionEndDate"`
-		SubscriptionLimitDirectTraffic int64  `json:"subscriptionLimitDirectTraffic"`
-		SubscriptionLimitStorage       int64  `json:"subscriptionLimitStorage"`
-		StatsCurrent                   Stats  `json:"statsCurrent"`
-		// StatsHistory                   map[int]map[int]map[int]Stats `json:"statsHistory"`
-	} `json:"data"`
-}
-
-// CreateFolderRequest is the input to /contents/createFolder
-// type CreateFolderRequest struct {
-// 	ParentFolderID string `json:"parentFolderId"`
-// 	FolderName     string `json:"folderName"`
-// 	ModTime        int64  `json:"modTime,omitempty"`
-// }
-
-// CreateFolderResponse is the output from /contents/createFolder
-// type CreateFolderResponse struct {
-// 	Error
-// 	Data Item `json:"data"`
-// }
-
-// DeleteRequest is the input to DELETE /contents
-type DeleteRequest struct {
-	EntryIds      []string `json:"entryIds"`
-	DeleteForever bool     `json:"deleteForever"`
-}
-
-// DeleteResponse is the input to DELETE /contents
-type DeleteResponse struct {
-	Error
-	Data map[string]Error
-}
-
-// DirectUploadURL returns the direct upload URL for Drime
-func DirectUploadURL() string {
-	return "https://upload.drime.io/uploadfile"
-}
-
-// UploadResponse is returned by POST /contents/uploadfile
-// type UploadResponse struct {
-// 	Error
-// 	Data Item `json:"data"`
-// }
-
-// DirectLinksRequest specifies the parameters for the direct link
-type DirectLinksRequest struct {
-	ExpireTime       int64 `json:"expireTime,omitempty"`
-	SourceIpsAllowed []any `json:"sourceIpsAllowed,omitempty"`
-	DomainsAllowed   []any `json:"domainsAllowed,omitempty"`
-	Auth             []any `json:"auth,omitempty"`
-}
-
-// DirectLinksResult is returned from POST /contents/{id}/directlinks
-type DirectLinksResult struct {
-	Error
-	Data struct {
-		ExpireTime       int64  `json:"expireTime"`
-		SourceIpsAllowed []any  `json:"sourceIpsAllowed"`
-		DomainsAllowed   []any  `json:"domainsAllowed"`
-		Auth             []any  `json:"auth"`
-		IsReqLink        bool   `json:"isReqLink"`
-		ID               string `json:"id"`
-		DirectLink       string `json:"directLink"`
-	} `json:"data"`
-}
-
-// UpdateItemRequest describes the updates to be done to an item for PUT /contents/{id}/update
-//
-// The Value of the attribute to define :
-// For Attribute "name" : The name of the content (file or folder)
-// For Attribute "description" : The description displayed on the download page (folder only)
-// For Attribute "tags" : A comma-separated list of tags (folder only)
-// For Attribute "public" : either true or false (folder only)
-// For Attribute "expiry" : A unix timestamp of the expiration date (folder only)
-// For Attribute "password" : The password to set (folder only)
-type UpdateItemRequest struct {
-	Attribute string `json:"attribute"`
-	Value     any    `json:"attributeValue"`
-}
-
-// UpdateItemResponse is returned by PUT /contents/{id}/update
-type UpdateItemResponse struct {
-	Error
-	Data Item `json:"data"`
-}
-
-// MoveRequest is the input to /contents/move
-type MoveRequest struct {
-	FolderID   string `json:"folderId"`
-	ContentsID string `json:"contentsId"` // comma separated list of IDs
-}
-
-// MoveResponse is returned by POST /contents/move
-type MoveResponse struct {
-	Error
-	Data map[string]struct {
-		Error
-		Item `json:"data"`
-	} `json:"data"`
-}
-
-// CopyRequest is the input to /contents/copy
-type CopyRequest struct {
-	FolderID   string `json:"folderId"`
-	ContentsID string `json:"contentsId"` // comma separated list of IDs
-}
-
-// CopyResponse is returned by POST /contents/copy
-type CopyResponse struct {
-	Error
-	Data map[string]struct {
-		Error
-		Item `json:"data"`
-	} `json:"data"`
-}
-
-// UploadServerStatus is returned when fetching the root of an upload server
-type UploadServerStatus struct {
-	Error
-	Data struct {
-		Server string `json:"server"`
-		Test   string `json:"test"`
-	} `json:"data"`
-}

backend/drime/drime_test.go

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-// Test Drime filesystem interface
-package drime_test
-
-import (
-	"testing"
-
-	"github.com/rclone/rclone/backend/drime"
-	"github.com/rclone/rclone/fstest/fstests"
-)
-
-// TestIntegration runs integration tests against the remote
-func TestIntegration(t *testing.T) {
-	fstests.Run(t, &fstests.Opt{
-		RemoteName: "TestDrime:",
-		NilObject:  (*drime.Object)(nil),
-	})
-}

backend/googlecloudstorage/googlecloudstorage.go

@@ -346,26 +346,9 @@ can't check the size and hash but the file contents will be decompressed.
 			Advanced: true,
 			Default:  false,
 		}, {
-			Name: "endpoint",
+			Name:     "endpoint",
-			Help: `Custom endpoint for the storage API. Leave blank to use the provider default.
+			Help:     "Endpoint for the service.\n\nLeave blank normally.",
-
-When using a custom endpoint that includes a subpath (e.g. example.org/custom/endpoint),
-the subpath will be ignored during upload operations due to a limitation in the
-underlying Google API Go client library.
-Download and listing operations will work correctly with the full endpoint path.
-If you require subpath support for uploads, avoid using subpaths in your custom
-endpoint configuration.`,
 			Advanced: true,
-			Examples: []fs.OptionExample{{
-				Value: "storage.example.org",
-				Help:  "Specify a custom endpoint",
-			}, {
-				Value: "storage.example.org:4443",
-				Help:  "Specifying a custom endpoint with port",
-			}, {
-				Value: "storage.example.org:4443/gcs/api",
-				Help:  "Specifying a subpath, see the note, uploads won't use the custom path!",
-			}},
 		}, {
 			Name:     config.ConfigEncoding,
 			Help:     config.ConfigEncodingHelp,

backend/s3/s3.go

@@ -30,11 +30,9 @@ import (
 	v4signer "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/signer/v4"
 	awsconfig "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config"
 	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials"
-	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials/stscreds"
 	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/feature/s3/manager"
 	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3"
 	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/types"
-	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts"
 	"github.com/aws/smithy-go"
 	"github.com/aws/smithy-go/logging"
 	"github.com/aws/smithy-go/middleware"
@@ -327,30 +325,6 @@ If empty it will default to the environment variable "AWS_PROFILE" or
 			Help:      "An AWS session token.",
 			Advanced:  true,
 			Sensitive: true,
-		}, {
-			Name: "role_arn",
-			Help: `ARN of the IAM role to assume.
-			
-Leave blank if not using assume role.`,
-			Advanced: true,
-		}, {
-			Name: "role_session_name",
-			Help: `Session name for assumed role.
-			
-If empty, a session name will be generated automatically.`,
-			Advanced: true,
-		}, {
-			Name: "role_session_duration",
-			Help: `Session duration for assumed role.
-			
-If empty, the default session duration will be used.`,
-			Advanced: true,
-		}, {
-			Name: "role_external_id",
-			Help: `External ID for assumed role.
-			
-Leave blank if not using an external ID.`,
-			Advanced: true,
 		}, {
 			Name: "upload_concurrency",
 			Help: `Concurrency for multipart uploads and copies.
@@ -953,10 +927,6 @@ type Options struct {
 	SharedCredentialsFile       string               `config:"shared_credentials_file"`
 	Profile                     string               `config:"profile"`
 	SessionToken                string               `config:"session_token"`
-	RoleARN                     string               `config:"role_arn"`
-	RoleSessionName             string               `config:"role_session_name"`
-	RoleSessionDuration         fs.Duration          `config:"role_session_duration"`
-	RoleExternalID              string               `config:"role_external_id"`
 	UploadConcurrency           int                  `config:"upload_concurrency"`
 	ForcePathStyle              bool                 `config:"force_path_style"`
 	V2Auth                      bool                 `config:"v2_auth"`
@@ -1320,34 +1290,6 @@ func s3Connection(ctx context.Context, opt *Options, client *http.Client) (s3Cli
 		opt.Region = "us-east-1"
 	}
 
-	// Handle assume role if RoleARN is specified
-	if opt.RoleARN != "" {
-		fs.Debugf(nil, "Using assume role with ARN: %s", opt.RoleARN)
-
-		// Set region for the config before creating STS client
-		awsConfig.Region = opt.Region
-
-		// Create STS client using the base credentials
-		stsClient := sts.NewFromConfig(awsConfig)
-
-		// Configure AssumeRole options
-		assumeRoleOptions := func(aro *stscreds.AssumeRoleOptions) {
-			// Set session name if provided, otherwise use a default
-			if opt.RoleSessionName != "" {
-				aro.RoleSessionName = opt.RoleSessionName
-			}
-			if opt.RoleSessionDuration != 0 {
-				aro.Duration = time.Duration(opt.RoleSessionDuration)
-			}
-			if opt.RoleExternalID != "" {
-				aro.ExternalID = &opt.RoleExternalID
-			}
-		}
-
-		// Create AssumeRole credentials provider
-		awsConfig.Credentials = stscreds.NewAssumeRoleProvider(stsClient, opt.RoleARN, assumeRoleOptions)
-	}
-
 	provider = loadProvider(opt.Provider)
 	if provider == nil {
 		fs.Logf("s3", "s3 provider %q not known - please set correctly", opt.Provider)
@@ -1706,14 +1648,11 @@ func NewFs(ctx context.Context, name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, e
 		newRoot, leaf := path.Split(oldRoot)
 		f.setRoot(newRoot)
 		_, err := f.NewObject(ctx, leaf)
-		if errors.Is(err, fs.ErrorObjectNotFound) {
+		if err != nil {
 			// File doesn't exist or is a directory so return old f
 			f.setRoot(oldRoot)
 			return f, nil
 		}
-		if err != nil {
-			return nil, err
-		}
 		// return an error with an fs which points to the parent
 		return f, fs.ErrorIsFile
 	}
@@ -2893,8 +2832,6 @@ func (f *Fs) copyMultipart(ctx context.Context, copyReq *s3.CopyObjectInput, dst
 			SSECustomerKey:       req.SSECustomerKey,
 			SSECustomerKeyMD5:    req.SSECustomerKeyMD5,
 			UploadId:             uid,
-			IfMatch:              copyReq.IfMatch,
-			IfNoneMatch:          copyReq.IfNoneMatch,
 		})
 		return f.shouldRetry(ctx, err)
 	})
@@ -2929,20 +2866,13 @@ func (f *Fs) Copy(ctx context.Context, src fs.Object, remote string) (fs.Object,
 		MetadataDirective: types.MetadataDirectiveCopy,
 	}
 
-	// Build upload options including headers and metadata
+	// Update the metadata if it is in use
-	ci := fs.GetConfig(ctx)
+	if ci := fs.GetConfig(ctx); ci.Metadata {
-	uploadOptions := fs.MetadataAsOpenOptions(ctx)
+		ui, err := srcObj.prepareUpload(ctx, src, fs.MetadataAsOpenOptions(ctx), true)
-	for _, option := range ci.UploadHeaders {
+		if err != nil {
-		uploadOptions = append(uploadOptions, option)
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to prepare upload: %w", err)
-	}
+		}
-
+		setFrom_s3CopyObjectInput_s3PutObjectInput(&req, ui.req)
-	ui, err := srcObj.prepareUpload(ctx, src, uploadOptions, true)
-	if err != nil {
-		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to prepare upload: %w", err)
-	}
-
-	setFrom_s3CopyObjectInput_s3PutObjectInput(&req, ui.req)
-	if ci.Metadata {
 		req.MetadataDirective = types.MetadataDirectiveReplace
 	}
 
@@ -4351,8 +4281,6 @@ func (w *s3ChunkWriter) Close(ctx context.Context) (err error) {
 			SSECustomerKey:       w.multiPartUploadInput.SSECustomerKey,
 			SSECustomerKeyMD5:    w.multiPartUploadInput.SSECustomerKeyMD5,
 			UploadId:             w.uploadID,
-			IfMatch:              w.ui.req.IfMatch,
-			IfNoneMatch:          w.ui.req.IfNoneMatch,
 		})
 		return w.f.shouldRetry(ctx, err)
 	})

backend/s3/setfrom.go

@@ -70,7 +70,6 @@ func setFrom_s3ListObjectsV2Output_s3ListObjectVersionsOutput(a *s3.ListObjectsV
 // setFrom_typesObject_typesObjectVersion copies matching elements from a to b
 func setFrom_typesObject_typesObjectVersion(a *types.Object, b *types.ObjectVersion) {
 	a.ChecksumAlgorithm = b.ChecksumAlgorithm
-	a.ChecksumType = b.ChecksumType
 	a.ETag = b.ETag
 	a.Key = b.Key
 	a.LastModified = b.LastModified
@@ -83,7 +82,6 @@ func setFrom_typesObject_typesObjectVersion(a *types.Object, b *types.ObjectVers
 func setFrom_s3CreateMultipartUploadInput_s3HeadObjectOutput(a *s3.CreateMultipartUploadInput, b *s3.HeadObjectOutput) {
 	a.BucketKeyEnabled = b.BucketKeyEnabled
 	a.CacheControl = b.CacheControl
-	a.ChecksumType = b.ChecksumType
 	a.ContentDisposition = b.ContentDisposition
 	a.ContentEncoding = b.ContentEncoding
 	a.ContentLanguage = b.ContentLanguage
@@ -162,15 +160,12 @@ func setFrom_s3HeadObjectOutput_s3GetObjectOutput(a *s3.HeadObjectOutput, b *s3.
 	a.CacheControl = b.CacheControl
 	a.ChecksumCRC32 = b.ChecksumCRC32
 	a.ChecksumCRC32C = b.ChecksumCRC32C
-	a.ChecksumCRC64NVME = b.ChecksumCRC64NVME
 	a.ChecksumSHA1 = b.ChecksumSHA1
 	a.ChecksumSHA256 = b.ChecksumSHA256
-	a.ChecksumType = b.ChecksumType
 	a.ContentDisposition = b.ContentDisposition
 	a.ContentEncoding = b.ContentEncoding
 	a.ContentLanguage = b.ContentLanguage
 	a.ContentLength = b.ContentLength
-	a.ContentRange = b.ContentRange
 	a.ContentType = b.ContentType
 	a.DeleteMarker = b.DeleteMarker
 	a.ETag = b.ETag
@@ -192,7 +187,6 @@ func setFrom_s3HeadObjectOutput_s3GetObjectOutput(a *s3.HeadObjectOutput, b *s3.
 	a.SSEKMSKeyId = b.SSEKMSKeyId
 	a.ServerSideEncryption = b.ServerSideEncryption
 	a.StorageClass = b.StorageClass
-	a.TagCount = b.TagCount
 	a.VersionId = b.VersionId
 	a.WebsiteRedirectLocation = b.WebsiteRedirectLocation
 	a.ResultMetadata = b.ResultMetadata
@@ -238,7 +232,6 @@ func setFrom_s3HeadObjectOutput_s3PutObjectInput(a *s3.HeadObjectOutput, b *s3.P
 	a.CacheControl = b.CacheControl
 	a.ChecksumCRC32 = b.ChecksumCRC32
 	a.ChecksumCRC32C = b.ChecksumCRC32C
-	a.ChecksumCRC64NVME = b.ChecksumCRC64NVME
 	a.ChecksumSHA1 = b.ChecksumSHA1
 	a.ChecksumSHA256 = b.ChecksumSHA256
 	a.ContentDisposition = b.ContentDisposition
@@ -277,8 +270,6 @@ func setFrom_s3CopyObjectInput_s3PutObjectInput(a *s3.CopyObjectInput, b *s3.Put
 	a.GrantRead = b.GrantRead
 	a.GrantReadACP = b.GrantReadACP
 	a.GrantWriteACP = b.GrantWriteACP
-	a.IfMatch = b.IfMatch
-	a.IfNoneMatch = b.IfNoneMatch
 	a.Metadata = b.Metadata
 	a.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = b.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus
 	a.ObjectLockMode = b.ObjectLockMode

cmd/bisync/listing.go

@@ -389,8 +389,8 @@ func parseHash(str string) (string, string, error) {
 	if str == "-" {
 		return "", "", nil
 	}
-	if before, after, ok := strings.Cut(str, ":"); ok {
+	if pos := strings.Index(str, ":"); pos > 0 {
-		name, val := before, after
+		name, val := str[:pos], str[pos+1:]
 		if name != "" && val != "" {
 			return name, val, nil
 		}

cmd/serve/sftp/connection.go

@@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ type conn struct {
 // interoperate with the rclone sftp backend
 func (c *conn) execCommand(ctx context.Context, out io.Writer, command string) (err error) {
 	binary, args := command, ""
-	before, after, ok := strings.Cut(command, " ")
+	space := strings.Index(command, " ")
-	if ok {
+	if space >= 0 {
-		binary = before
+		binary = command[:space]
-		args = strings.TrimLeft(after, " ")
+		args = strings.TrimLeft(command[space+1:], " ")
 	}
 	args = shellUnEscape(args)
 	fs.Debugf(c.what, "exec command: binary = %q, args = %q", binary, args)

cmd/serve/webdav/webdav.go

@@ -45,10 +45,6 @@ var OptionsInfo = fs.Options{{
 	Name:    "disable_dir_list",
 	Default: false,
 	Help:    "Disable HTML directory list on GET request for a directory",
-}, {
-	Name:    "disable_zip",
-	Default: false,
-	Help:    "Disable zip download of directories",
 }}.
 	Add(libhttp.ConfigInfo).
 	Add(libhttp.AuthConfigInfo).
@@ -61,7 +57,6 @@ type Options struct {
 	Template       libhttp.TemplateConfig
 	EtagHash       string `config:"etag_hash"`
 	DisableDirList bool   `config:"disable_dir_list"`
-	DisableZip     bool   `config:"disable_zip"`
 }
 
 // Opt is options set by command line flags
@@ -413,24 +408,6 @@ func (w *WebDAV) serveDir(rw http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request, dirRemote str
 		return
 	}
 	dir := node.(*vfs.Dir)
-
-	if r.URL.Query().Get("download") == "zip" && !w.opt.DisableZip {
-		fs.Infof(dirRemote, "%s: Zipping directory", r.RemoteAddr)
-		zipName := path.Base(dirRemote)
-		if dirRemote == "" {
-			zipName = "root"
-		}
-		rw.Header().Set("Content-Disposition", "attachment; filename=\""+zipName+".zip\"")
-		rw.Header().Set("Content-Type", "application/zip")
-		rw.Header().Set("Last-Modified", time.Now().UTC().Format(http.TimeFormat))
-		err := vfs.CreateZip(ctx, dir, rw)
-		if err != nil {
-			serve.Error(ctx, dirRemote, rw, "Failed to create zip", err)
-			return
-		}
-		return
-	}
-
 	dirEntries, err := dir.ReadDirAll()
 
 	if err != nil {
@@ -440,7 +417,6 @@ func (w *WebDAV) serveDir(rw http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request, dirRemote str
 
 	// Make the entries for display
 	directory := serve.NewDirectory(dirRemote, w.server.HTMLTemplate())
-	directory.DisableZip = w.opt.DisableZip
 	for _, node := range dirEntries {
 		if vfscommon.Opt.NoModTime {
 			directory.AddHTMLEntry(node.Path(), node.IsDir(), node.Size(), time.Time{})

cmd/test/makefiles/speed.go

@@ -56,22 +56,22 @@ var speedCmd = &cobra.Command{
 	Short: `Run a speed test to the remote`,
 	Long: `Run a speed test to the remote.
 
-This command runs a series of uploads and downloads to the remote, measuring
+	This command runs a series of uploads and downloads to the remote, measuring
-and printing the speed of each test using varying file sizes and numbers of
+	and printing the speed of each test using varying file sizes and numbers of
-files.
+	files.
 
-Test time can be innaccurate with small file caps and large files. As it
+	Test time can be innaccurate with small file caps and large files. As it
-uses the results of an initial test to determine how many files to use in
+	uses the results of an initial test to determine how many files to use in
-each subsequent test.
+	each subsequent test.
 
-It is recommended to use -q flag for a simpler output. e.g.:
+	It is recommended to use -q flag for a simpler output. e.g.:
+	
+	    rlone test speed remote: -q
 
-    rclone test speed remote: -q
+	**NB** This command will create and delete files on the remote in a randomly
+	named directory which should be tidied up after.
 
-**NB** This command will create and delete files on the remote in a randomly
+	You can use the --json flag to only print the results in JSON format.`,
-named directory which will be automatically removed on a clean exit.
-
-You can use the --json flag to only print the results in JSON format.`,
 	Annotations: map[string]string{
 		"versionIntroduced": "v1.72",
 	},

docs/content/archive.md

@@ -237,6 +237,7 @@ It would be possible to add ISO support fairly easily as the library we use ([go
 It would be possible to add write support, but this would only be for creating new archives, not for updating existing archives.
 
 <!-- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT - instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/archive/archive.go and run make backenddocs to verify --> <!-- markdownlint-disable-line line-length -->
+
 ### Standard options
 
 Here are the Standard options specific to archive (Read archives).

docs/content/authors.md

@@ -1045,8 +1045,3 @@ put them back in again. -->
 - n4n5 <its.just.n4n5@gmail.com>
 - aliaj1 <ali19961@gmail.com>
 - Sean Turner <30396892+seanturner026@users.noreply.github.com>
-- jijamik <30904953+jijamik@users.noreply.github.com>
-- Dominik Sander <git@dsander.de>
-- Nikolay Kiryanov <nikolay@kiryanov.ru>
-- Diana <5275194+DianaNites@users.noreply.github.com>
-- Duncan Smart <duncan.smart@gmail.com>

docs/content/azureblob.md

@@ -103,26 +103,6 @@ MD5 hashes are stored with blobs. However blobs that were uploaded in
 chunks only have an MD5 if the source remote was capable of MD5
 hashes, e.g. the local disk.
 
-### Metadata and tags
-
-Rclone can map arbitrary metadata to Azure Blob headers, user metadata, and tags
-when `--metadata` is enabled (or when using `--metadata-set` / `--metadata-mapper`).
-
-- Headers: Set these keys in metadata to map to the corresponding blob headers:
-  - `cache-control`, `content-disposition`, `content-encoding`, `content-language`, `content-type`.
-- User metadata: Any other non-reserved keys are written as user metadata
-  (keys are normalized to lowercase). Keys starting with `x-ms-` are reserved and
-  are not stored as user metadata.
-- Tags: Provide `x-ms-tags` as a comma-separated list of `key=value` pairs, e.g.
-  `x-ms-tags=env=dev,team=sync`. These are applied as blob tags on upload and on
-  server-side copies. Whitespace around keys/values is ignored.
-- Modtime override: Provide `mtime` in RFC3339/RFC3339Nano format to override the
-  stored modtime persisted in user metadata. If `mtime` cannot be parsed, rclone
-  logs a debug message and ignores the override.
-
-Notes:
-- Rclone ignores reserved `x-ms-*` keys (except `x-ms-tags`) for user metadata.
-
 ### Performance
 
 When uploading large files, increasing the value of
@@ -979,13 +959,13 @@ Properties:
 - Type:        string
 - Required:    false
 - Examples:
-  - ""
+    - ""
-    - The container and its blobs can be accessed only with an authorized request.
+        - The container and its blobs can be accessed only with an authorized request.
-    - It's a default value.
+        - It's a default value.
-  - "blob"
+    - "blob"
-    - Blob data within this container can be read via anonymous request.
+        - Blob data within this container can be read via anonymous request.
-  - "container"
+    - "container"
-    - Allow full public read access for container and blob data.
+        - Allow full public read access for container and blob data.
 
 #### --azureblob-directory-markers
 
@@ -1042,12 +1022,12 @@ Properties:
 - Type:        string
 - Required:    false
 - Choices:
-  - ""
+    - ""
-    - By default, the delete operation fails if a blob has snapshots
+        - By default, the delete operation fails if a blob has snapshots
-  - "include"
+    - "include"
-    - Specify 'include' to remove the root blob and all its snapshots
+        - Specify 'include' to remove the root blob and all its snapshots
-  - "only"
+    - "only"
-    - Specify 'only' to remove only the snapshots but keep the root blob.
+        - Specify 'only' to remove only the snapshots but keep the root blob.
 
 #### --azureblob-description
 

docs/content/b2.md

@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ It is useful to know how many requests are sent to the server in different scena
 All copy commands send the following 4 requests:
 
 ```text
-/b2api/v4/b2_authorize_account
+/b2api/v1/b2_authorize_account
 /b2api/v1/b2_create_bucket
 /b2api/v1/b2_list_buckets
 /b2api/v1/b2_list_file_names
@@ -667,71 +667,6 @@ Properties:
 - Type:        Encoding
 - Default:     Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
-#### --b2-sse-customer-algorithm
-
-If using SSE-C, the server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in B2.
-
-Properties:
-
-- Config:      sse_customer_algorithm
-- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_SSE_CUSTOMER_ALGORITHM
-- Type:        string
-- Required:    false
-- Examples:
-  - ""
-    - None
-  - "AES256"
-    - Advanced Encryption Standard (256 bits key length)
-
-#### --b2-sse-customer-key
-
-To use SSE-C, you may provide the secret encryption key encoded in a UTF-8 compatible string to encrypt/decrypt your data
-
-Alternatively you can provide --sse-customer-key-base64.
-
-Properties:
-
-- Config:      sse_customer_key
-- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY
-- Type:        string
-- Required:    false
-- Examples:
-  - ""
-    - None
-
-#### --b2-sse-customer-key-base64
-
-To use SSE-C, you may provide the secret encryption key encoded in Base64 format to encrypt/decrypt your data
-
-Alternatively you can provide --sse-customer-key.
-
-Properties:
-
-- Config:      sse_customer_key_base64
-- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY_BASE64
-- Type:        string
-- Required:    false
-- Examples:
-  - ""
-    - None
-
-#### --b2-sse-customer-key-md5
-
-If using SSE-C you may provide the secret encryption key MD5 checksum (optional).
-
-If you leave it blank, this is calculated automatically from the sse_customer_key provided.
-
-
-Properties:
-
-- Config:      sse_customer_key_md5
-- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY_MD5
-- Type:        string
-- Required:    false
-- Examples:
-  - ""
-    - None
-
 #### --b2-description
 
 Description of the remote.
@@ -747,11 +682,9 @@ Properties:
 
 Here are the commands specific to the b2 backend.
 
-Run them with:
+Run them with
 
-```console
+    rclone backend COMMAND remote:
-rclone backend COMMAND remote:
-```
 
 The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.
 
@@ -763,41 +696,35 @@ These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
 
 ### lifecycle
 
-Read or set the lifecycle for a bucket.
+Read or set the lifecycle for a bucket
 
-```console
+    rclone backend lifecycle remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
-rclone backend lifecycle remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
-```
 
 This command can be used to read or set the lifecycle for a bucket.
 
+Usage Examples:
+
 To show the current lifecycle rules:
 
-```console
+    rclone backend lifecycle b2:bucket
-rclone backend lifecycle b2:bucket
-```
 
 This will dump something like this showing the lifecycle rules.
 
-```json
+    [
-[
+        {
-    {
+            "daysFromHidingToDeleting": 1,
-        "daysFromHidingToDeleting": 1,
+            "daysFromUploadingToHiding": null,
-        "daysFromUploadingToHiding": null,
+            "daysFromStartingToCancelingUnfinishedLargeFiles": null,
-        "daysFromStartingToCancelingUnfinishedLargeFiles": null,
+            "fileNamePrefix": ""
-        "fileNamePrefix": ""
+        }
-    }
+    ]
-]
-```
 
-If there are no lifecycle rules (the default) then it will just return `[]`.
+If there are no lifecycle rules (the default) then it will just return [].
 
 To reset the current lifecycle rules:
 
-```console
+    rclone backend lifecycle b2:bucket -o daysFromHidingToDeleting=30
-rclone backend lifecycle b2:bucket -o daysFromHidingToDeleting=30
+    rclone backend lifecycle b2:bucket -o daysFromUploadingToHiding=5 -o daysFromHidingToDeleting=1
-rclone backend lifecycle b2:bucket -o daysFromUploadingToHiding=5 -o daysFromHidingToDeleting=1
-```
 
 This will run and then print the new lifecycle rules as above.
 
@@ -809,27 +736,22 @@ the daysFromHidingToDeleting to 1 day. You can enable hard_delete in
 the config also which will mean deletions won't cause versions but
 overwrites will still cause versions to be made.
 
-```console
+    rclone backend lifecycle b2:bucket -o daysFromHidingToDeleting=1
-rclone backend lifecycle b2:bucket -o daysFromHidingToDeleting=1
+
-```
+See: https://www.backblaze.com/docs/cloud-storage-lifecycle-rules
 
-See: <https://www.backblaze.com/docs/cloud-storage-lifecycle-rules>
 
 Options:
 
-- "daysFromHidingToDeleting": After a file has been hidden for this many days
+- "daysFromHidingToDeleting": After a file has been hidden for this many days it is deleted. 0 is off.
-it is deleted. 0 is off.
+- "daysFromStartingToCancelingUnfinishedLargeFiles": Cancels any unfinished large file versions after this many days
-- "daysFromStartingToCancelingUnfinishedLargeFiles": Cancels any unfinished
+- "daysFromUploadingToHiding": This many days after uploading a file is hidden
-large file versions after this many days.
-- "daysFromUploadingToHiding": This many days after uploading a file is hidden.
 
 ### cleanup
 
 Remove unfinished large file uploads.
 
-```console
+    rclone backend cleanup remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
-rclone backend cleanup remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
-```
 
 This command removes unfinished large file uploads of age greater than
 max-age, which defaults to 24 hours.
@@ -837,33 +759,29 @@ max-age, which defaults to 24 hours.
 Note that you can use --interactive/-i or --dry-run with this command to see what
 it would do.
 
-```console
+    rclone backend cleanup b2:bucket/path/to/object
-rclone backend cleanup b2:bucket/path/to/object
+    rclone backend cleanup -o max-age=7w b2:bucket/path/to/object
-rclone backend cleanup -o max-age=7w b2:bucket/path/to/object
-```
 
 Durations are parsed as per the rest of rclone, 2h, 7d, 7w etc.
 
+
 Options:
 
-- "max-age": Max age of upload to delete.
+- "max-age": Max age of upload to delete
 
 ### cleanup-hidden
 
 Remove old versions of files.
 
-```console
+    rclone backend cleanup-hidden remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
-rclone backend cleanup-hidden remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
-```
 
 This command removes any old hidden versions of files.
 
 Note that you can use --interactive/-i or --dry-run with this command to see what
 it would do.
 
-```console
+    rclone backend cleanup-hidden b2:bucket/path/to/dir
-rclone backend cleanup-hidden b2:bucket/path/to/dir
+
-```
 
 <!-- autogenerated options stop -->
 

docs/content/bisync.md

@@ -1047,16 +1047,20 @@ encodings.)
 The following backends have known issues that need more investigation:
 
 <!--- start list_failures - DO NOT EDIT THIS SECTION - use make commanddocs --->
-- `TestDropbox` (`dropbox`)
+- `TestGoFile` (`gofile`)
-  - [`TestBisyncRemoteRemote/normalization`](https://pub.rclone.org/integration-tests/current/dropbox-cmd.bisync-TestDropbox-1.txt)
+  - [`TestBisyncRemoteLocal/all_changed`](https://pub.rclone.org/integration-tests/current/gofile-cmd.bisync-TestGoFile-1.txt)
-- Updated: 2025-11-21-010037
+  - [`TestBisyncRemoteLocal/backupdir`](https://pub.rclone.org/integration-tests/current/gofile-cmd.bisync-TestGoFile-1.txt)
+  - [`TestBisyncRemoteLocal/basic`](https://pub.rclone.org/integration-tests/current/gofile-cmd.bisync-TestGoFile-1.txt)
+  - [`TestBisyncRemoteLocal/changes`](https://pub.rclone.org/integration-tests/current/gofile-cmd.bisync-TestGoFile-1.txt)
+  - [`TestBisyncRemoteLocal/check_access`](https://pub.rclone.org/integration-tests/current/gofile-cmd.bisync-TestGoFile-1.txt)
+  - [78 more](https://pub.rclone.org/integration-tests/current/)
+- Updated: 2025-08-21-010015
 <!--- end list_failures - DO NOT EDIT THIS SECTION - use make commanddocs --->
 
 The following backends either have not been tested recently or have known issues
 that are deemed unfixable for the time being:
 
 <!--- start list_ignores - DO NOT EDIT THIS SECTION - use make commanddocs --->
-- `TestArchive` (`archive`)
 - `TestCache` (`cache`)
 - `TestFileLu` (`filelu`)
 - `TestFilesCom` (`filescom`)

docs/content/box.md

@@ -323,19 +323,6 @@ Properties:
 - Type:        string
 - Required:    false
 
-#### --box-config-credentials
-
-Box App config.json contents.
-
-Leave blank normally.
-
-Properties:
-
-- Config:      config_credentials
-- Env Var:     RCLONE_BOX_CONFIG_CREDENTIALS
-- Type:        string
-- Required:    false
-
 #### --box-access-token
 
 Box App Primary Access Token
@@ -360,10 +347,10 @@ Properties:
 - Type:        string
 - Default:     "user"
 - Examples:
-  - "user"
+    - "user"
-    - Rclone should act on behalf of a user.
+        - Rclone should act on behalf of a user.
-  - "enterprise"
+    - "enterprise"
-    - Rclone should act on behalf of a service account.
+        - Rclone should act on behalf of a service account.
 
 ### Advanced options
 

docs/content/cache.md

@@ -394,12 +394,12 @@ Properties:
 - Type:        SizeSuffix
 - Default:     5Mi
 - Examples:
-  - "1M"
+    - "1M"
-    - 1 MiB
+        - 1 MiB
-  - "5M"
+    - "5M"
-    - 5 MiB
+        - 5 MiB
-  - "10M"
+    - "10M"
-    - 10 MiB
+        - 10 MiB
 
 #### --cache-info-age
 
@@ -414,12 +414,12 @@ Properties:
 - Type:        Duration
 - Default:     6h0m0s
 - Examples:
-  - "1h"
+    - "1h"
-    - 1 hour
+        - 1 hour
-  - "24h"
+    - "24h"
-    - 24 hours
+        - 24 hours
-  - "48h"
+    - "48h"
-    - 48 hours
+        - 48 hours
 
 #### --cache-chunk-total-size
 
@@ -435,12 +435,12 @@ Properties:
 - Type:        SizeSuffix
 - Default:     10Gi
 - Examples:
-  - "500M"
+    - "500M"
-    - 500 MiB
+        - 500 MiB
-  - "1G"
+    - "1G"
-    - 1 GiB
+        - 1 GiB
-  - "10G"
+    - "10G"
-    - 10 GiB
+        - 10 GiB
 
 ### Advanced options
 
@@ -698,11 +698,9 @@ Properties:
 
 Here are the commands specific to the cache backend.
 
-Run them with:
+Run them with
 
-```console
+    rclone backend COMMAND remote:
-rclone backend COMMAND remote:
-```
 
 The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.
 
@@ -716,8 +714,6 @@ These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
 
 Print stats on the cache backend in JSON format.
 
-```console
+    rclone backend stats remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
-rclone backend stats remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
-```
 
 <!-- autogenerated options stop -->

docs/content/changelog.md

@@ -6,130 +6,6 @@ description: "Rclone Changelog"
 
 # Changelog
 
-## v1.72.0 - 2025-11-21
-
-[See commits](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/compare/v1.71.0...v1.72.0)
-
-- New backends
-  - [Archive](/archive) backend to read archives on cloud storage. (Nick Craig-Wood)
-- New S3 providers
-  - [Cubbit Object Storage](/s3/#Cubbit) (Marco Ferretti)
-  - [FileLu S5 Object Storage](/s3/#filelu-s5) (kingston125)
-  - [Hetzner Object Storage](/s3/#hetzner) (spiffytech)
-  - [Intercolo Object Storage](/s3/#intercolo) (Robin Rolf)
-  - [Rabata S3-compatible secure cloud storage](/s3/#Rabata) (dougal)
-  - [Servercore Object Storage](/s3/#servercore) (dougal)
-  - [SpectraLogic](/s3/#spectralogic) (dougal)
-- New commands
-  - [rclone archive](/commands/rclone_archive/): command to create and read archive files (Fawzib Rojas)
-  - [rclone config string](/commands/rclone_config_string/): for making connection strings (Nick Craig-Wood)
-  - [rclone test speed](/commands/rclone_test_speed/): Add command to test a specified remotes speed (dougal)
-- New Features
-  - backends: many backends have has a paged listing (`ListP`) interface added
-    - this enables progress when listing large directories and reduced memory usage
-  - build
-    - Bump golang.org/x/crypto from 0.43.0 to 0.45.0 to fix CVE-2025-58181 (dependabot[bot])
-    - Modernize code and tests (Nick Craig-Wood, russcoss, juejinyuxitu, reddaisyy, dulanting, Oleksandr Redko)
-    - Update all dependencies (Nick Craig-Wood)
-    - Enable support for `aix/ppc64` (Lakshmi-Surekha)
-  - check: Improved reporting of differences in sizes and contents (albertony)
-  - copyurl: Added `--url` to read URLs from CSV file (S-Pegg1, dougal)
-  - docs:
-    - markdown linting (albertony)
-    - fixes (albertony, Andrew Gunnerson, anon-pradip, Claudius Ellsel, dougal, iTrooz, Jean-Christophe Cura, Joseph Brownlee, kapitainsky, Matt LaPaglia, n4n5, Nick Craig-Wood, nielash, SublimePeace, Ted Robertson, vastonus)
-  - fs: remove unnecessary Seek call on log file (Aneesh Agrawal)
-  - hashsum: Improved output format when listing algorithms (albertony)
-  - lib/http: Cleanup indentation and other whitespace in http serve template (albertony)
-  - lsf: Add support for `unix` and `unixnano` time formats (Motte)
-  - oauthutil: Improved debug logs from token refresh (albertony)
-  - rc
-    - Add [job/batch](/rc/#job-batch) for sending batches of rc commands to run concurrently (Nick Craig-Wood)
-    - Add `runningIds` and `finishedIds` to [job/list](/rc/#job-list) (n4n5)
-    - Add `osVersion`, `osKernel` and `osArch` to [core/version](/rc/#core-version) (Nick Craig-Wood)
-    - Make sure fatal errors run via the rc don't crash rclone (Nick Craig-Wood)
-    - Add `executeId` to job statuses in [job/list](/rc/#job-list) (Nikolay Kiryanov)
-    - `config/unlock`: rename parameter to `configPassword` accept old as well (Nick Craig-Wood)
-  - serve http: Download folders as zip (dougal)
-- Bug Fixes
-  - build
-    - Fix tls: failed to verify certificate: x509: negative serial number (Nick Craig-Wood)
-  - march
-    - Fix `--no-traverse` being very slow (Nick Craig-Wood)
-  - serve s3: Fix log output to remove the EXTRA messages (iTrooz)
-- Mount
-  - Windows: improve error message on missing WinFSP (divinity76)
-- Local
-  - Add `--skip-specials` to ignore special files (Adam Dinwoodie)
-- Azure Blob
-  - Add ListP interface (dougal)
-- Azurefiles
-  - Add ListP interface (Nick Craig-Wood)
-- B2
-  - Add ListP interface (dougal)
-  - Add Server-Side encryption support (fries1234)
-  - Fix "expected a FileSseMode but found: ''" (dougal)
-  - Allow individual old versions to be deleted with `--b2-versions` (dougal)
-- Box
-  - Add ListP interface (Nick Craig-Wood)
-  - Allow configuration with config file contents (Dominik Sander)
-- Compress
-  - Add zstd compression (Alex)
-- Drive
-  - Add ListP interface (Nick Craig-Wood)
-- Dropbox
-  - Add ListP interface (Nick Craig-Wood)
-  - Fix error moving just created objects (Nick Craig-Wood)
-- FTP
-  - Fix SOCKS proxy support (dougal)
-  - Fix transfers from servers that return 250 ok messages (jijamik)
-- Google Cloud Storage
-  - Add ListP interface (dougal)
-  - Fix `--gcs-storage-class` to work with server side copy for objects (Riaz Arbi)
-- HTTP
-  - Add basic metadata and provide it via serve (Oleg Kunitsyn)
-- Jottacloud
-  - Add support for Let's Go Cloud (from MediaMarkt) as a whitelabel service (albertony)
-  - Add support for MediaMarkt Cloud as a whitelabel service (albertony)
-  - Added support for traditional oauth authentication also for the main service (albertony)
-  - Abort attempts to run unsupported rclone authorize command (albertony)
-  - Improved token refresh handling (albertony)
-  - Fix legacy authentication (albertony)
-  - Fix authentication for whitelabel services from Elkjøp subsidiaries (albertony)
-- Mega
-  - Implement 2FA login (iTrooz)
-- Memory
-  - Add ListP interface (dougal)
-- Onedrive
-  - Add ListP interface (Nick Craig-Wood)
-- Oracle Object Storage
-  - Add ListP interface (dougal)
-- Pcloud
-  - Add ListP interface (Nick Craig-Wood)
-- Proton Drive
-  - Automated 2FA login with OTP secret key (Microscotch)
-- S3
-  - Make it easier to add new S3 providers (dougal)
-  - Add `--s3-use-data-integrity-protections` quirk to fix  BadDigest error in Alibaba, Tencent (hunshcn)
-  - Add support for `--upload-header`, `If-Match` and `If-None-Match` (Sean Turner)
-  - Fix single file copying behavior with low permission (hunshcn)
-- SFTP
-  - Fix zombie SSH processes with `--sftp-ssh` (Copilot)
-- Smb
-  - Optimize smb mount performance by avoiding stat checks during initialization (Sudipto Baral)
-- Swift
-  - Add ListP interface (dougal)
-  - If storage_policy isn't set, use the root containers policy (Andrew Ruthven)
-  - Report disk usage in segment containers (Andrew Ruthven)
-- Ulozto
-  - Implement the About functionality (Lukas Krejci)
-  - Fix downloads returning HTML error page (aliaj1)
-- WebDAV
-  - Optimize bearer token fetching with singleflight (hunshcn)
-  - Add ListP interface (Nick Craig-Wood)
-  - Use SpaceSepList to parse bearer token command (hunshcn)
-  - Add `Access-Control-Max-Age` header for CORS preflight caching (viocha)
-  - Fix out of memory with sharepoint-ntlm when uploading large file (Nick Craig-Wood)
-
 ## v1.71.2 - 2025-10-20
 
 [See commits](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/compare/v1.71.1...v1.71.2)

docs/content/chunker.md

@@ -356,22 +356,22 @@ Properties:
 - Type:        string
 - Default:     "md5"
 - Examples:
-  - "none"
+    - "none"
-    - Pass any hash supported by wrapped remote for non-chunked files.
+        - Pass any hash supported by wrapped remote for non-chunked files.
-    - Return nothing otherwise.
+        - Return nothing otherwise.
-  - "md5"
+    - "md5"
-    - MD5 for composite files.
+        - MD5 for composite files.
-  - "sha1"
+    - "sha1"
-    - SHA1 for composite files.
+        - SHA1 for composite files.
-  - "md5all"
+    - "md5all"
-    - MD5 for all files.
+        - MD5 for all files.
-  - "sha1all"
+    - "sha1all"
-    - SHA1 for all files.
+        - SHA1 for all files.
-  - "md5quick"
+    - "md5quick"
-    - Copying a file to chunker will request MD5 from the source.
+        - Copying a file to chunker will request MD5 from the source.
-    - Falling back to SHA1 if unsupported.
+        - Falling back to SHA1 if unsupported.
-  - "sha1quick"
+    - "sha1quick"
-    - Similar to "md5quick" but prefers SHA1 over MD5.
+        - Similar to "md5quick" but prefers SHA1 over MD5.
 
 ### Advanced options
 
@@ -421,13 +421,13 @@ Properties:
 - Type:        string
 - Default:     "simplejson"
 - Examples:
-  - "none"
+    - "none"
-    - Do not use metadata files at all.
+        - Do not use metadata files at all.
-    - Requires hash type "none".
+        - Requires hash type "none".
-  - "simplejson"
+    - "simplejson"
-    - Simple JSON supports hash sums and chunk validation.
+        - Simple JSON supports hash sums and chunk validation.
-    - 
+        - 
-    - It has the following fields: ver, size, nchunks, md5, sha1.
+        - It has the following fields: ver, size, nchunks, md5, sha1.
 
 #### --chunker-fail-hard
 
@@ -440,10 +440,10 @@ Properties:
 - Type:        bool
 - Default:     false
 - Examples:
-  - "true"
+    - "true"
-    - Report errors and abort current command.
+        - Report errors and abort current command.
-  - "false"
+    - "false"
-    - Warn user, skip incomplete file and proceed.
+        - Warn user, skip incomplete file and proceed.
 
 #### --chunker-transactions
 
@@ -456,19 +456,19 @@ Properties:
 - Type:        string
 - Default:     "rename"
 - Examples:
-  - "rename"
+    - "rename"
-    - Rename temporary files after a successful transaction.
+        - Rename temporary files after a successful transaction.
-  - "norename"
+    - "norename"
-    - Leave temporary file names and write transaction ID to metadata file.
+        - Leave temporary file names and write transaction ID to metadata file.
-    - Metadata is required for no rename transactions (meta format cannot be "none").
+        - Metadata is required for no rename transactions (meta format cannot be "none").
-    - If you are using norename transactions you should be careful not to downgrade Rclone
+        - If you are using norename transactions you should be careful not to downgrade Rclone
-    - as older versions of Rclone don't support this transaction style and will misinterpret
+        - as older versions of Rclone don't support this transaction style and will misinterpret
-    - files manipulated by norename transactions.
+        - files manipulated by norename transactions.
-    - This method is EXPERIMENTAL, don't use on production systems.
+        - This method is EXPERIMENTAL, don't use on production systems.
-  - "auto"
+    - "auto"
-    - Rename or norename will be used depending on capabilities of the backend.
+        - Rename or norename will be used depending on capabilities of the backend.
-    - If meta format is set to "none", rename transactions will always be used.
+        - If meta format is set to "none", rename transactions will always be used.
-    - This method is EXPERIMENTAL, don't use on production systems.
+        - This method is EXPERIMENTAL, don't use on production systems.
 
 #### --chunker-description
 

docs/content/commands/rclone.md

@@ -15,6 +15,8 @@ mounting them, listing them in lots of different ways.
 See the home page (https://rclone.org/) for installation, usage,
 documentation, changelog and configuration walkthroughs.
 
+
+
 ```
 rclone [flags]
 ```
@@ -24,8 +26,6 @@ rclone [flags]
 ```
       --alias-description string                            Description of the remote
       --alias-remote string                                 Remote or path to alias
-      --archive-description string                          Description of the remote
-      --archive-remote string                               Remote to wrap to read archives from
       --ask-password                                        Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration (default true)
       --auto-confirm                                        If enabled, do not request console confirmation
       --azureblob-access-tier string                        Access tier of blob: hot, cool, cold or archive
@@ -105,10 +105,6 @@ rclone [flags]
       --b2-hard-delete                                      Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files
       --b2-key string                                       Application Key
       --b2-lifecycle int                                    Set the number of days deleted files should be kept when creating a bucket
-      --b2-sse-customer-algorithm string                    If using SSE-C, the server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in B2
-      --b2-sse-customer-key string                          To use SSE-C, you may provide the secret encryption key encoded in a UTF-8 compatible string to encrypt/decrypt your data
-      --b2-sse-customer-key-base64 string                   To use SSE-C, you may provide the secret encryption key encoded in Base64 format to encrypt/decrypt your data
-      --b2-sse-customer-key-md5 string                      If using SSE-C you may provide the secret encryption key MD5 checksum (optional)
       --b2-test-mode string                                 A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging
       --b2-upload-concurrency int                           Concurrency for multipart uploads (default 4)
       --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                         Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200Mi)
@@ -185,7 +181,7 @@ rclone [flags]
       --combine-upstreams SpaceSepList                      Upstreams for combining
       --compare-dest stringArray                            Include additional server-side paths during comparison
       --compress-description string                         Description of the remote
-      --compress-level string                               GZIP (levels -2 to 9):
+      --compress-level int                                  GZIP compression level (-2 to 9) (default -1)
       --compress-mode string                                Compression mode (default "gzip")
       --compress-ram-cache-limit SizeSuffix                 Some remotes don't allow the upload of files with unknown size (default 20Mi)
       --compress-remote string                              Remote to compress
@@ -553,7 +549,6 @@ rclone [flags]
       --max-size SizeSuffix                                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
       --max-stats-groups int                                Maximum number of stats groups to keep in memory, on max oldest is discarded (default 1000)
       --max-transfer SizeSuffix                             Maximum size of data to transfer (default off)
-      --mega-2fa string                                     The 2FA code of your MEGA account if the account is set up with one
       --mega-debug                                          Output more debug from Mega
       --mega-description string                             Description of the remote
       --mega-encoding Encoding                              The encoding for the backend (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
@@ -720,7 +715,6 @@ rclone [flags]
       --protondrive-encoding Encoding                       The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
       --protondrive-mailbox-password string                 The mailbox password of your two-password proton account (obscured)
       --protondrive-original-file-size                      Return the file size before encryption (default true)
-      --protondrive-otp-secret-key string                   The OTP secret key (obscured)
       --protondrive-password string                         The password of your proton account (obscured)
       --protondrive-replace-existing-draft                  Create a new revision when filename conflict is detected
       --protondrive-username string                         The username of your proton account
@@ -837,7 +831,6 @@ rclone [flags]
       --s3-use-accept-encoding-gzip Accept-Encoding: gzip   Whether to send Accept-Encoding: gzip header (default unset)
       --s3-use-already-exists Tristate                      Set if rclone should report BucketAlreadyExists errors on bucket creation (default unset)
       --s3-use-arn-region                                   If true, enables arn region support for the service
-      --s3-use-data-integrity-protections Tristate          If true use AWS S3 data integrity protections (default unset)
       --s3-use-dual-stack                                   If true use AWS S3 dual-stack endpoint (IPv6 support)
       --s3-use-multipart-etag Tristate                      Whether to use ETag in multipart uploads for verification (default unset)
       --s3-use-multipart-uploads Tristate                   Set if rclone should use multipart uploads (default unset)
@@ -922,7 +915,6 @@ rclone [flags]
       --sia-user-agent string                               Siad User Agent (default "Sia-Agent")
       --size-only                                           Skip based on size only, not modtime or checksum
       --skip-links                                          Don't warn about skipped symlinks
-      --skip-specials                                       Don't warn about skipped pipes, sockets and device objects
       --smb-case-insensitive                                Whether the server is configured to be case-insensitive (default true)
       --smb-description string                              Description of the remote
       --smb-domain string                                   Domain name for NTLM authentication (default "WORKGROUP")
@@ -1023,7 +1015,7 @@ rclone [flags]
       --use-json-log                                        Use json log format
       --use-mmap                                            Use mmap allocator (see docs)
       --use-server-modtime                                  Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                                   Set the user-agent to a specified string (default "rclone/v1.72.0")
+      --user-agent string                                   Set the user-agent to a specified string (default "rclone/v1.71.0")
   -v, --verbose count                                       Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
   -V, --version                                             Print the version number
       --webdav-auth-redirect                                Preserve authentication on redirect
@@ -1065,11 +1057,7 @@ rclone [flags]
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone about](/commands/rclone_about/)	 - Get quota information from the remote.
-* [rclone archive](/commands/rclone_archive/)	 - Perform an action on an archive.
 * [rclone authorize](/commands/rclone_authorize/)	 - Remote authorization.
 * [rclone backend](/commands/rclone_backend/)	 - Run a backend-specific command.
 * [rclone bisync](/commands/rclone_bisync/)	 - Perform bidirectional synchronization between two paths.
@@ -1123,5 +1111,3 @@ rclone [flags]
 * [rclone tree](/commands/rclone_tree/)	 - List the contents of the remote in a tree like fashion.
 * [rclone version](/commands/rclone_version/)	 - Show the version number.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_about.md

@@ -15,46 +15,40 @@ output. The output is typically used, free, quota and trash contents.
 
 E.g. Typical output from `rclone about remote:` is:
 
-```text
+    Total:   17 GiB
-Total:   17 GiB
+    Used:    7.444 GiB
-Used:    7.444 GiB
+    Free:    1.315 GiB
-Free:    1.315 GiB
+    Trashed: 100.000 MiB
-Trashed: 100.000 MiB
+    Other:   8.241 GiB
-Other:   8.241 GiB
-```
 
 Where the fields are:
 
-- Total: Total size available.
+  * Total: Total size available.
-- Used: Total size used.
+  * Used: Total size used.
-- Free: Total space available to this user.
+  * Free: Total space available to this user.
-- Trashed: Total space used by trash.
+  * Trashed: Total space used by trash.
-- Other: Total amount in other storage (e.g. Gmail, Google Photos).
+  * Other: Total amount in other storage (e.g. Gmail, Google Photos).
-- Objects: Total number of objects in the storage.
+  * Objects: Total number of objects in the storage.
 
 All sizes are in number of bytes.
 
 Applying a `--full` flag to the command prints the bytes in full, e.g.
 
-```text
+    Total:   18253611008
-Total:   18253611008
+    Used:    7993453766
-Used:    7993453766
+    Free:    1411001220
-Free:    1411001220
+    Trashed: 104857602
-Trashed: 104857602
+    Other:   8849156022
-Other:   8849156022
-```
 
 A `--json` flag generates conveniently machine-readable output, e.g.
 
-```json
+    {
-{
+        "total": 18253611008,
-  "total": 18253611008,
+        "used": 7993453766,
-  "used": 7993453766,
+        "trashed": 104857602,
-  "trashed": 104857602,
+        "other": 8849156022,
-  "other": 8849156022,
+        "free": 1411001220
-  "free": 1411001220
+    }
-}
-```
 
 Not all backends print all fields. Information is not included if it is not
 provided by a backend. Where the value is unlimited it is omitted.
@@ -62,6 +56,7 @@ provided by a backend. Where the value is unlimited it is omitted.
 Some backends does not support the `rclone about` command at all,
 see complete list in [documentation](https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features).
 
+
 ```
 rclone about remote: [flags]
 ```
@@ -78,10 +73,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_archive.md

@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-title: "rclone archive"
-description: "Perform an action on an archive."
-versionIntroduced: v1.72
-# autogenerated - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit the source code in cmd/archive/ and as part of making a release run "make commanddocs"
----
-# rclone archive
-
-Perform an action on an archive.
-
-## Synopsis
-
-Perform an action on an archive. Requires the use of a
-subcommand to specify the protocol, e.g.
-
-    rclone archive list remote:file.zip
-
-Each subcommand has its own options which you can see in their help.
-
-See [rclone archive create](/commands/rclone_archive_create/) for the
-archive formats supported.
-
-
-```
-rclone archive <action> [opts] <source> [<destination>] [flags]
-```
-
-## Options
-
-```
-  -h, --help   help for archive
-```
-
-See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
-
-## See Also
-
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
-* [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
-* [rclone archive create](/commands/rclone_archive_create/)	 - Archive source file(s) to destination.
-* [rclone archive extract](/commands/rclone_archive_extract/)	 - Extract archives from source to destination.
-* [rclone archive list](/commands/rclone_archive_list/)	 - List archive contents from source.
-
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_archive_create.md

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
----
-title: "rclone archive create"
-description: "Archive source file(s) to destination."
-versionIntroduced: v1.72
-# autogenerated - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit the source code in cmd/archive/create/ and as part of making a release run "make commanddocs"
----
-# rclone archive create
-
-Archive source file(s) to destination.
-
-## Synopsis
-
-
-Creates an archive from the files in source:path and saves the archive to
-dest:path. If dest:path is missing, it will write to the console.
-
-The valid formats for the `--format` flag are listed below. If
-`--format` is not set rclone will guess it from the extension of dest:path.
-
-| Format | Extensions |
-|:-------|:-----------|
-| zip    | .zip       |
-| tar    | .tar       |
-| tar.gz | .tar.gz, .tgz, .taz |
-| tar.bz2| .tar.bz2, .tb2, .tbz, .tbz2, .tz2 |
-| tar.lz | .tar.lz    |
-| tar.lz4| .tar.lz4   |
-| tar.xz | .tar.xz, .txz |
-| tar.zst| .tar.zst, .tzst |
-| tar.br | .tar.br    |
-| tar.sz | .tar.sz    |
-| tar.mz | .tar.mz    |
-
-The `--prefix` and `--full-path` flags control the prefix for the files
-in the archive.
-
-If the flag `--full-path` is set then the files will have the full source
-path as the prefix.
-
-If the flag `--prefix=<value>` is set then the files will have
-`<value>` as prefix. It's possible to create invalid file names with
-`--prefix=<value>` so use with caution. Flag `--prefix` has
-priority over `--full-path`.
-
-Given a directory `/sourcedir` with the following:
-
-    file1.txt
-    dir1/file2.txt
-
-Running the command `rclone archive create /sourcedir /dest.tar.gz`
-will make an archive with the contents:
-
-    file1.txt
-    dir1/
-    dir1/file2.txt
-
-Running the command `rclone archive create --full-path /sourcedir /dest.tar.gz`
-will make an archive with the contents:
-
-    sourcedir/file1.txt
-    sourcedir/dir1/
-    sourcedir/dir1/file2.txt
-
-Running the command `rclone archive create --prefix=my_new_path /sourcedir /dest.tar.gz`
-will make an archive with the contents:
-
-    my_new_path/file1.txt
-    my_new_path/dir1/
-    my_new_path/dir1/file2.txt
-
-
-```
-rclone archive create [flags] <source> [<destination>]
-```
-
-## Options
-
-```
-      --format string   Create the archive with format or guess from extension.
-      --full-path       Set prefix for files in archive to source path
-  -h, --help            help for create
-      --prefix string   Set prefix for files in archive to entered value or source path
-```
-
-See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
-
-## See Also
-
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
-* [rclone archive](/commands/rclone_archive/)	 - Perform an action on an archive.
-
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_archive_extract.md

@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
----
-title: "rclone archive extract"
-description: "Extract archives from source to destination."
-versionIntroduced: v1.72
-# autogenerated - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit the source code in cmd/archive/extract/ and as part of making a release run "make commanddocs"
----
-# rclone archive extract
-
-Extract archives from source to destination.
-
-## Synopsis
-
-
-
-Extract the archive contents to a destination directory auto detecting
-the format. See [rclone archive create](/commands/rclone_archive_create/)
-for the archive formats supported.
-
-For example on this archive:
-
-```
-$ rclone archive list --long remote:archive.zip
-        6 2025-10-30 09:46:23.000000000 file.txt
-        0 2025-10-30 09:46:57.000000000 dir/
-        4 2025-10-30 09:46:57.000000000 dir/bye.txt
-```
-
-You can run extract like this
-
-```
-$ rclone archive extract remote:archive.zip remote:extracted
-```
-
-Which gives this result
-
-```
-$ rclone tree remote:extracted
-/
-├── dir
-│   └── bye.txt
-└── file.txt
-```
-
-The source or destination or both can be local or remote.
-
-Filters can be used to only extract certain files:
-
-```
-$ rclone archive extract archive.zip partial --include "bye.*"
-$ rclone tree partial
-/
-└── dir
-    └── bye.txt
-```
-
-The [archive backend](/archive/) can also be used to extract files. It
-can be used to read only mount archives also but it supports a
-different set of archive formats to the archive commands.
-
-
-```
-rclone archive extract [flags] <source> <destination>
-```
-
-## Options
-
-```
-  -h, --help   help for extract
-```
-
-See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
-
-## See Also
-
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
-* [rclone archive](/commands/rclone_archive/)	 - Perform an action on an archive.
-
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_archive_list.md

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
----
-title: "rclone archive list"
-description: "List archive contents from source."
-versionIntroduced: v1.72
-# autogenerated - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit the source code in cmd/archive/list/ and as part of making a release run "make commanddocs"
----
-# rclone archive list
-
-List archive contents from source.
-
-## Synopsis
-
-
-List the contents of an archive to the console, auto detecting the
-format. See [rclone archive create](/commands/rclone_archive_create/)
-for the archive formats supported.
-
-For example:
-
-```
-$ rclone archive list remote:archive.zip
-        6 file.txt
-        0 dir/
-        4 dir/bye.txt
-```
-
-Or with `--long` flag for more info:
-
-```
-$ rclone archive list --long remote:archive.zip
-        6 2025-10-30 09:46:23.000000000 file.txt
-        0 2025-10-30 09:46:57.000000000 dir/
-        4 2025-10-30 09:46:57.000000000 dir/bye.txt
-```
-
-Or with `--plain` flag which is useful for scripting:
-
-```
-$ rclone archive list --plain /path/to/archive.zip
-file.txt
-dir/
-dir/bye.txt
-```
-
-Or with `--dirs-only`:
-
-```
-$ rclone archive list --plain --dirs-only /path/to/archive.zip
-dir/
-```
-
-Or with `--files-only`:
-
-```
-$ rclone archive list --plain --files-only /path/to/archive.zip
-file.txt
-dir/bye.txt
-```
-
-Filters may also be used:
-
-```
-$ rclone archive list --long archive.zip --include "bye.*"
-        4 2025-10-30 09:46:57.000000000 dir/bye.txt
-```
-
-The [archive backend](/archive/) can also be used to list files. It
-can be used to read only mount archives also but it supports a
-different set of archive formats to the archive commands.
-
-
-```
-rclone archive list [flags] <source>
-```
-
-## Options
-
-```
-      --dirs-only    Only list directories
-      --files-only   Only list files
-  -h, --help         help for list
-      --long         List extra attributtes
-      --plain        Only list file names
-```
-
-See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
-
-## See Also
-
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
-* [rclone archive](/commands/rclone_archive/)	 - Perform an action on an archive.
-
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_authorize.md

@@ -11,23 +11,21 @@ Remote authorization.
 ## Synopsis
 
 Remote authorization. Used to authorize a remote or headless
-rclone from a machine with a browser. Use as instructed by rclone config.
+rclone from a machine with a browser - use as instructed by
-See also the [remote setup documentation](/remote_setup).
+rclone config.
 
 The command requires 1-3 arguments:
-
+  - fs name (e.g., "drive", "s3", etc.)
-- Name of a backend (e.g. "drive", "s3")
+  - Either a base64 encoded JSON blob obtained from a previous rclone config session
-- Either a base64 encoded JSON blob obtained from a previous rclone config session
+  - Or a client_id and client_secret pair obtained from the remote service
-- Or a client_id and client_secret pair obtained from the remote service
 
 Use --auth-no-open-browser to prevent rclone to open auth
 link in default browser automatically.
 
-Use --template to generate HTML output via a custom Go template. If a blank
+Use --template to generate HTML output via a custom Go template. If a blank string is provided as an argument to this flag, the default template is used.
-string is provided as an argument to this flag, the default template is used.
 
 ```
-rclone authorize <backendname> [base64_json_blob | client_id client_secret] [flags]
+rclone authorize <fs name> [base64_json_blob | client_id client_secret] [flags]
 ```
 
 ## Options
@@ -42,10 +40,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_backend.md

@@ -16,34 +16,27 @@ see the backend docs for definitions.
 
 You can discover what commands a backend implements by using
 
-```console
+    rclone backend help remote:
-rclone backend help remote:
+    rclone backend help <backendname>
-rclone backend help <backendname>
-```
 
 You can also discover information about the backend using (see
 [operations/fsinfo](/rc/#operations-fsinfo) in the remote control docs
 for more info).
 
-```console
+    rclone backend features remote:
-rclone backend features remote:
-```
 
 Pass options to the backend command with -o. This should be key=value or key, e.g.:
 
-```console
+    rclone backend stats remote:path stats -o format=json -o long
-rclone backend stats remote:path stats -o format=json -o long
-```
 
 Pass arguments to the backend by placing them on the end of the line
 
-```console
+    rclone backend cleanup remote:path file1 file2 file3
-rclone backend cleanup remote:path file1 file2 file3
-```
 
 Note to run these commands on a running backend then see
 [backend/command](/rc/#backend-command) in the rc docs.
 
+
 ```
 rclone backend <command> remote:path [opts] <args> [flags]
 ```
@@ -63,7 +56,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Important flags useful for most commands
 
-```text
+```
   -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
   -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
   -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
@@ -71,10 +64,5 @@ Important flags useful for most commands
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_bisync.md

@@ -16,19 +16,18 @@ Perform bidirectional synchronization between two paths.
 bidirectional cloud sync solution in rclone.
 It retains the Path1 and Path2 filesystem listings from the prior run.
 On each successive run it will:
-
 - list files on Path1 and Path2, and check for changes on each side.
   Changes include `New`, `Newer`, `Older`, and `Deleted` files.
 - Propagate changes on Path1 to Path2, and vice-versa.
 
 Bisync is considered an **advanced command**, so use with care.
 Make sure you have read and understood the entire [manual](https://rclone.org/bisync)
-(especially the [Limitations](https://rclone.org/bisync/#limitations) section)
+(especially the [Limitations](https://rclone.org/bisync/#limitations) section) before using,
-before using, or data loss can result. Questions can be asked in the
+or data loss can result. Questions can be asked in the [Rclone Forum](https://forum.rclone.org/).
-[Rclone Forum](https://forum.rclone.org/).
 
 See [full bisync description](https://rclone.org/bisync/) for details.
 
+
 ```
 rclone bisync remote1:path1 remote2:path2 [flags]
 ```
@@ -70,7 +69,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags for anything which can copy a file
 
-```text
+```
       --check-first                                 Do all the checks before starting transfers
   -c, --checksum                                    Check for changes with size & checksum (if available, or fallback to size only)
       --compare-dest stringArray                    Include additional server-side paths during comparison
@@ -111,7 +110,7 @@ Flags for anything which can copy a file
 
 Important flags useful for most commands
 
-```text
+```
   -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
   -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
   -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
@@ -121,7 +120,7 @@ Important flags useful for most commands
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -149,10 +148,5 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_cat.md

@@ -14,21 +14,15 @@ Sends any files to standard output.
 
 You can use it like this to output a single file
 
-```sh
+    rclone cat remote:path/to/file
-rclone cat remote:path/to/file
-```
 
 Or like this to output any file in dir or its subdirectories.
 
-```sh
+    rclone cat remote:path/to/dir
-rclone cat remote:path/to/dir
-```
 
 Or like this to output any .txt files in dir or its subdirectories.
 
-```sh
+    rclone --include "*.txt" cat remote:path/to/dir
-rclone --include "*.txt" cat remote:path/to/dir
-```
 
 Use the `--head` flag to print characters only at the start, `--tail` for
 the end and `--offset` and `--count` to print a section in the middle.
@@ -39,17 +33,14 @@ Use the `--separator` flag to print a separator value between files. Be sure to
 shell-escape special characters. For example, to print a newline between
 files, use:
 
-- bash:
+* bash:
 
-  ```sh
+      rclone --include "*.txt" --separator $'\n' cat remote:path/to/dir
-  rclone --include "*.txt" --separator $'\n' cat remote:path/to/dir
-  ```
 
-- powershell:
+* powershell:
+
+      rclone --include "*.txt" --separator "`n" cat remote:path/to/dir
 
-  ```powershell
-  rclone --include "*.txt" --separator "`n" cat remote:path/to/dir
-  ```
 
 ```
 rclone cat remote:path [flags]
@@ -74,7 +65,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -104,17 +95,12 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 Flags for listing directories
 
-```text
+```
       --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
       --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
 ```
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_check.md

@@ -52,6 +52,7 @@ you what happened to it. These are reminiscent of diff files.
 The default number of parallel checks is 8. See the [--checkers](/docs/#checkers-int)
 option for more information.
 
+
 ```
 rclone check source:path dest:path [flags]
 ```
@@ -78,7 +79,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags used for check commands
 
-```text
+```
       --max-backlog int   Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog (default 10000)
 ```
 
@@ -86,7 +87,7 @@ Flags used for check commands
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -116,17 +117,12 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 Flags for listing directories
 
-```text
+```
       --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
       --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
 ```
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_checksum.md

@@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ you what happened to it. These are reminiscent of diff files.
 The default number of parallel checks is 8. See the [--checkers](/docs/#checkers-int)
 option for more information.
 
+
 ```
 rclone checksum <hash> sumfile dst:path [flags]
 ```
@@ -72,7 +73,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -102,17 +103,12 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 Flags for listing directories
 
-```text
+```
       --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
       --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
 ```
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_cleanup.md

@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ Clean up the remote if possible.
 Clean up the remote if possible.  Empty the trash or delete old file
 versions. Not supported by all remotes.
 
+
 ```
 rclone cleanup remote:path [flags]
 ```
@@ -30,7 +31,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Important flags useful for most commands
 
-```text
+```
   -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
   -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
   -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
@@ -38,10 +39,5 @@ Important flags useful for most commands
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_completion.md

@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ Output completion script for a given shell.
 Generates a shell completion script for rclone.
 Run with `--help` to list the supported shells.
 
+
 ## Options
 
 ```
@@ -25,14 +26,9 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 * [rclone completion bash](/commands/rclone_completion_bash/)	 - Output bash completion script for rclone.
 * [rclone completion fish](/commands/rclone_completion_fish/)	 - Output fish completion script for rclone.
 * [rclone completion powershell](/commands/rclone_completion_powershell/)	 - Output powershell completion script for rclone.
 * [rclone completion zsh](/commands/rclone_completion_zsh/)	 - Output zsh completion script for rclone.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_completion_bash.md

@@ -13,21 +13,17 @@ Output bash completion script for rclone.
 
 Generates a bash shell autocompletion script for rclone.
 
-By default, when run without any arguments,
+By default, when run without any arguments, 
 
-```console
+    rclone completion bash
-rclone completion bash
-```
 
 the generated script will be written to
 
-```console
+    /etc/bash_completion.d/rclone
-/etc/bash_completion.d/rclone
-```
 
 and so rclone will probably need to be run as root, or with sudo.
 
-If you supply a path to a file as the command line argument, then
+If you supply a path to a file as the command line argument, then 
 the generated script will be written to that file, in which case
 you should not need root privileges.
 
@@ -38,13 +34,12 @@ can logout and login again to use the autocompletion script.
 
 Alternatively, you can source the script directly
 
-```console
+    . /path/to/my_bash_completion_scripts/rclone
-. /path/to/my_bash_completion_scripts/rclone
-```
 
 and the autocompletion functionality will be added to your
 current shell.
 
+
 ```
 rclone completion bash [output_file] [flags]
 ```
@@ -59,10 +54,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone completion](/commands/rclone_completion/)	 - Output completion script for a given shell.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_completion_fish.md

@@ -16,22 +16,19 @@ Generates a fish autocompletion script for rclone.
 This writes to /etc/fish/completions/rclone.fish by default so will
 probably need to be run with sudo or as root, e.g.
 
-```console
+    sudo rclone completion fish
-sudo rclone completion fish
-```
 
 Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source
 them directly
 
-```console
+    . /etc/fish/completions/rclone.fish
-. /etc/fish/completions/rclone.fish
-```
 
 If you supply a command line argument the script will be written
 there.
 
 If output_file is "-", then the output will be written to stdout.
 
+
 ```
 rclone completion fish [output_file] [flags]
 ```
@@ -46,10 +43,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone completion](/commands/rclone_completion/)	 - Output completion script for a given shell.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_completion_powershell.md

@@ -15,15 +15,14 @@ Generate the autocompletion script for powershell.
 
 To load completions in your current shell session:
 
-```console
+    rclone completion powershell | Out-String | Invoke-Expression
-rclone completion powershell | Out-String | Invoke-Expression
-```
 
 To load completions for every new session, add the output of the above command
 to your powershell profile.
 
 If output_file is "-" or missing, then the output will be written to stdout.
 
+
 ```
 rclone completion powershell [output_file] [flags]
 ```
@@ -38,10 +37,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone completion](/commands/rclone_completion/)	 - Output completion script for a given shell.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_completion_zsh.md

@@ -16,22 +16,19 @@ Generates a zsh autocompletion script for rclone.
 This writes to /usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_rclone by default so will
 probably need to be run with sudo or as root, e.g.
 
-```console
+    sudo rclone completion zsh
-sudo rclone completion zsh
-```
 
 Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source
 them directly
 
-```console
+    autoload -U compinit && compinit
-autoload -U compinit && compinit
-```
 
 If you supply a command line argument the script will be written
 there.
 
 If output_file is "-", then the output will be written to stdout.
 
+
 ```
 rclone completion zsh [output_file] [flags]
 ```
@@ -46,10 +43,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone completion](/commands/rclone_completion/)	 - Output completion script for a given shell.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config.md

@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new
 remotes and manage existing ones. You may also set or remove a
 password to protect your configuration.
 
+
 ```
 rclone config [flags]
 ```
@@ -28,9 +29,6 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 * [rclone config create](/commands/rclone_config_create/)	 - Create a new remote with name, type and options.
 * [rclone config delete](/commands/rclone_config_delete/)	 - Delete an existing remote.
@@ -45,10 +43,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 * [rclone config reconnect](/commands/rclone_config_reconnect/)	 - Re-authenticates user with remote.
 * [rclone config redacted](/commands/rclone_config_redacted/)	 - Print redacted (decrypted) config file, or the redacted config for a single remote.
 * [rclone config show](/commands/rclone_config_show/)	 - Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
-* [rclone config string](/commands/rclone_config_string/)	 - Print connection string for a single remote.
 * [rclone config touch](/commands/rclone_config_touch/)	 - Ensure configuration file exists.
 * [rclone config update](/commands/rclone_config_update/)	 - Update options in an existing remote.
 * [rclone config userinfo](/commands/rclone_config_userinfo/)	 - Prints info about logged in user of remote.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_create.md

@@ -16,17 +16,13 @@ should be passed in pairs of `key` `value` or as `key=value`.
 For example, to make a swift remote of name myremote using auto config
 you would do:
 
-```sh
+    rclone config create myremote swift env_auth true
-rclone config create myremote swift env_auth true
+    rclone config create myremote swift env_auth=true
-rclone config create myremote swift env_auth=true
-```
 
 So for example if you wanted to configure a Google Drive remote but
 using remote authorization you would do this:
 
-```sh
+    rclone config create mydrive drive config_is_local=false
-rclone config create mydrive drive config_is_local=false
-```
 
 Note that if the config process would normally ask a question the
 default is taken (unless `--non-interactive` is used).  Each time
@@ -54,29 +50,29 @@ it.
 
 This will look something like (some irrelevant detail removed):
 
-```json
+```
 {
-  "State": "*oauth-islocal,teamdrive,,",
+    "State": "*oauth-islocal,teamdrive,,",
-  "Option": {
+    "Option": {
-    "Name": "config_is_local",
+        "Name": "config_is_local",
-    "Help": "Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?\n * Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use\n * Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access\nIf not sure try Y. If Y failed, try N.\n",
+        "Help": "Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?\n * Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use\n * Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access\nIf not sure try Y. If Y failed, try N.\n",
-    "Default": true,
+        "Default": true,
-    "Examples": [
+        "Examples": [
-      {
+            {
-        "Value": "true",
+                "Value": "true",
-        "Help": "Yes"
+                "Help": "Yes"
-      },
+            },
-      {
+            {
-        "Value": "false",
+                "Value": "false",
-        "Help": "No"
+                "Help": "No"
-      }
+            }
-    ],
+        ],
-    "Required": false,
+        "Required": false,
-    "IsPassword": false,
+        "IsPassword": false,
-    "Type": "bool",
+        "Type": "bool",
-    "Exclusive": true,
+        "Exclusive": true,
-  },
+    },
-  "Error": "",
+    "Error": "",
 }
 ```
 
@@ -99,9 +95,7 @@ The keys of `Option` are used as follows:
 If `Error` is set then it should be shown to the user at the same
 time as the question.
 
-```sh
+    rclone config update name --continue --state "*oauth-islocal,teamdrive,," --result "true"
-rclone config update name --continue --state "*oauth-islocal,teamdrive,," --result "true"
-```
 
 Note that when using `--continue` all passwords should be passed in
 the clear (not obscured). Any default config values should be passed
@@ -117,6 +111,7 @@ defaults for questions as usual.
 Note that `bin/config.py` in the rclone source implements this protocol
 as a readable demonstration.
 
+
 ```
 rclone config create name type [key value]* [flags]
 ```
@@ -139,10 +134,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_delete.md

@@ -22,10 +22,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_disconnect.md

@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ This normally means revoking the oauth token.
 
 To reconnect use "rclone config reconnect".
 
+
 ```
 rclone config disconnect remote: [flags]
 ```
@@ -29,10 +30,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_dump.md

@@ -22,10 +22,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_edit.md

@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new
 remotes and manage existing ones. You may also set or remove a
 password to protect your configuration.
 
+
 ```
 rclone config edit [flags]
 ```
@@ -28,10 +29,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_encryption.md

@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ set, remove and check the encryption for the config file
 This command sets, clears and checks the encryption for the config file using
 the subcommands below.
 
+
 ## Options
 
 ```
@@ -22,13 +23,8 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 * [rclone config encryption check](/commands/rclone_config_encryption_check/)	 - Check that the config file is encrypted
 * [rclone config encryption remove](/commands/rclone_config_encryption_remove/)	 - Remove the config file encryption password
 * [rclone config encryption set](/commands/rclone_config_encryption_set/)	 - Set or change the config file encryption password
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_encryption_check.md

@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ If decryption fails it will return a non-zero exit code if using
 
 If the config file is not encrypted it will return a non zero exit code.
 
+
 ```
 rclone config encryption check [flags]
 ```
@@ -32,10 +33,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone config encryption](/commands/rclone_config_encryption/)	 - set, remove and check the encryption for the config file
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_encryption_remove.md

@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ password.
 If the config was not encrypted then no error will be returned and
 this command will do nothing.
 
+
 ```
 rclone config encryption remove [flags]
 ```
@@ -33,10 +34,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone config encryption](/commands/rclone_config_encryption/)	 - set, remove and check the encryption for the config file
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_encryption_set.md

@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ encryption remove`), then set it again with this command which may be
 easier if you don't mind the unencrypted config file being on the disk
 briefly.
 
+
 ```
 rclone config encryption set [flags]
 ```
@@ -43,10 +44,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone config encryption](/commands/rclone_config_encryption/)	 - set, remove and check the encryption for the config file
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_file.md

@@ -22,10 +22,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_password.md

@@ -16,14 +16,13 @@ The `password` should be passed in in clear (unobscured).
 
 For example, to set password of a remote of name myremote you would do:
 
-```sh
+    rclone config password myremote fieldname mypassword
-rclone config password myremote fieldname mypassword
+    rclone config password myremote fieldname=mypassword
-rclone config password myremote fieldname=mypassword
-```
 
 This command is obsolete now that "config update" and "config create"
 both support obscuring passwords directly.
 
+
 ```
 rclone config password name [key value]+ [flags]
 ```
@@ -38,10 +37,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_paths.md

@@ -22,10 +22,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_providers.md

@@ -22,10 +22,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_reconnect.md

@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ To disconnect the remote use "rclone config disconnect".
 
 This normally means going through the interactive oauth flow again.
 
+
 ```
 rclone config reconnect remote: [flags]
 ```
@@ -29,10 +30,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_redacted.md

@@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ This makes the config file suitable for posting online for support.
 
 It should be double checked before posting as the redaction may not be perfect.
 
+
+
 ```
 rclone config redacted [<remote>] [flags]
 ```
@@ -34,10 +36,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_show.md

@@ -22,10 +22,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_string.md

@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
----
-title: "rclone config string"
-description: "Print connection string for a single remote."
-versionIntroduced: v1.72
-# autogenerated - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit the source code in cmd/config/string/ and as part of making a release run "make commanddocs"
----
-# rclone config string
-
-Print connection string for a single remote.
-
-## Synopsis
-
-Print a connection string for a single remote.
-
-The [connection strings](/docs/#connection-strings) can be used
-wherever a remote is needed and can be more convenient than using the
-config file, especially if using the RC API.
-
-Backend parameters may be provided to the command also.
-
-Example:
-
-```sh
-$ rclone config string s3:rclone --s3-no-check-bucket
-:s3,access_key_id=XXX,no_check_bucket,provider=AWS,region=eu-west-2,secret_access_key=YYY:rclone
-```
-
-**NB** the strings are not quoted for use in shells (eg bash,
-powershell, windows cmd). Most will work if enclosed in "double
-quotes", however connection strings that contain double quotes will
-require further quoting which is very shell dependent.
-
-
-
-```
-rclone config string <remote> [flags]
-```
-
-## Options
-
-```
-  -h, --help   help for string
-```
-
-See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
-
-## See Also
-
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
-* [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
-
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_touch.md

@@ -22,10 +22,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_update.md

@@ -16,17 +16,13 @@ pairs of `key` `value` or as `key=value`.
 For example, to update the env_auth field of a remote of name myremote
 you would do:
 
-```sh
+    rclone config update myremote env_auth true
-rclone config update myremote env_auth true
+    rclone config update myremote env_auth=true
-rclone config update myremote env_auth=true
-```
 
 If the remote uses OAuth the token will be updated, if you don't
 require this add an extra parameter thus:
 
-```sh
+    rclone config update myremote env_auth=true config_refresh_token=false
-rclone config update myremote env_auth=true config_refresh_token=false
-```
 
 Note that if the config process would normally ask a question the
 default is taken (unless `--non-interactive` is used).  Each time
@@ -54,29 +50,29 @@ it.
 
 This will look something like (some irrelevant detail removed):
 
-```json
+```
 {
-  "State": "*oauth-islocal,teamdrive,,",
+    "State": "*oauth-islocal,teamdrive,,",
-  "Option": {
+    "Option": {
-    "Name": "config_is_local",
+        "Name": "config_is_local",
-    "Help": "Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?\n * Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use\n * Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access\nIf not sure try Y. If Y failed, try N.\n",
+        "Help": "Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?\n * Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use\n * Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access\nIf not sure try Y. If Y failed, try N.\n",
-    "Default": true,
+        "Default": true,
-    "Examples": [
+        "Examples": [
-      {
+            {
-        "Value": "true",
+                "Value": "true",
-        "Help": "Yes"
+                "Help": "Yes"
-      },
+            },
-      {
+            {
-        "Value": "false",
+                "Value": "false",
-        "Help": "No"
+                "Help": "No"
-      }
+            }
-    ],
+        ],
-    "Required": false,
+        "Required": false,
-    "IsPassword": false,
+        "IsPassword": false,
-    "Type": "bool",
+        "Type": "bool",
-    "Exclusive": true,
+        "Exclusive": true,
-  },
+    },
-  "Error": "",
+    "Error": "",
 }
 ```
 
@@ -99,9 +95,7 @@ The keys of `Option` are used as follows:
 If `Error` is set then it should be shown to the user at the same
 time as the question.
 
-```sh
+    rclone config update name --continue --state "*oauth-islocal,teamdrive,," --result "true"
-rclone config update name --continue --state "*oauth-islocal,teamdrive,," --result "true"
-```
 
 Note that when using `--continue` all passwords should be passed in
 the clear (not obscured). Any default config values should be passed
@@ -117,6 +111,7 @@ defaults for questions as usual.
 Note that `bin/config.py` in the rclone source implements this protocol
 as a readable demonstration.
 
+
 ```
 rclone config update name [key value]+ [flags]
 ```
@@ -139,10 +134,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_userinfo.md

@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ Prints info about logged in user of remote.
 This prints the details of the person logged in to the cloud storage
 system.
 
+
 ```
 rclone config userinfo remote: [flags]
 ```
@@ -27,10 +28,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_convmv.md

@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ Convert file and directory names in place.
 
 ## Synopsis
 
-convmv supports advanced path name transformations for converting and renaming
+
-files and directories by applying prefixes, suffixes, and other alterations.
+convmv supports advanced path name transformations for converting and renaming files and directories by applying prefixes, suffixes, and other alterations.
 
 | Command | Description |
 |------|------|
@@ -20,13 +20,10 @@ files and directories by applying prefixes, suffixes, and other alterations.
 | `--name-transform suffix_keep_extension=XXXX` | Appends XXXX to the file name while preserving the original file extension. |
 | `--name-transform trimprefix=XXXX` | Removes XXXX if it appears at the start of the file name. |
 | `--name-transform trimsuffix=XXXX` | Removes XXXX if it appears at the end of the file name. |
-| `--name-transform regex=pattern/replacement` | Applies a regex-based transformation. |
+| `--name-transform regex=/pattern/replacement/` | Applies a regex-based transformation. |
 | `--name-transform replace=old:new` | Replaces occurrences of old with new in the file name. |
 | `--name-transform date={YYYYMMDD}` | Appends or prefixes the specified date format. |
 | `--name-transform truncate=N` | Truncates the file name to a maximum of N characters. |
-| `--name-transform truncate_keep_extension=N` | Truncates the file name to a maximum of N characters while preserving the original file extension. |
-| `--name-transform truncate_bytes=N` | Truncates the file name to a maximum of N bytes (not characters). |
-| `--name-transform truncate_bytes_keep_extension=N` | Truncates the file name to a maximum of N bytes (not characters) while preserving the original file extension. |
 | `--name-transform base64encode` | Encodes the file name in Base64. |
 | `--name-transform base64decode` | Decodes a Base64-encoded file name. |
 | `--name-transform encoder=ENCODING` | Converts the file name to the specified encoding (e.g., ISO-8859-1, Windows-1252, Macintosh). |
@@ -41,227 +38,211 @@ files and directories by applying prefixes, suffixes, and other alterations.
 | `--name-transform nfd` | Converts the file name to NFD Unicode normalization form. |
 | `--name-transform nfkc` | Converts the file name to NFKC Unicode normalization form. |
 | `--name-transform nfkd` | Converts the file name to NFKD Unicode normalization form. |
-| `--name-transform command=/path/to/my/programfile names.` | Executes an external program to transform. |
+| `--name-transform command=/path/to/my/programfile names.` | Executes an external program to transform |
 
-Conversion modes:
 
-```text
+Conversion modes:  
-none
-nfc
-nfd
-nfkc
-nfkd
-replace
-prefix
-suffix
-suffix_keep_extension
-trimprefix
-trimsuffix
-index
-date
-truncate
-truncate_keep_extension
-truncate_bytes
-truncate_bytes_keep_extension
-base64encode
-base64decode
-encoder
-decoder
-ISO-8859-1
-Windows-1252
-Macintosh
-charmap
-lowercase
-uppercase
-titlecase
-ascii
-url
-regex
-command
 ```
-
+none  
-Char maps:
+nfc  
-
+nfd  
-```text
+nfkc  
-IBM-Code-Page-037
+nfkd  
-IBM-Code-Page-437
+replace  
-IBM-Code-Page-850
+prefix  
-IBM-Code-Page-852
+suffix  
-IBM-Code-Page-855
+suffix_keep_extension  
-Windows-Code-Page-858
+trimprefix  
-IBM-Code-Page-860
+trimsuffix  
-IBM-Code-Page-862
+index  
-IBM-Code-Page-863
+date  
-IBM-Code-Page-865
+truncate  
-IBM-Code-Page-866
+base64encode  
-IBM-Code-Page-1047
+base64decode  
-IBM-Code-Page-1140
+encoder  
-ISO-8859-1
+decoder  
-ISO-8859-2
+ISO-8859-1  
-ISO-8859-3
+Windows-1252  
-ISO-8859-4
+Macintosh  
-ISO-8859-5
+charmap  
-ISO-8859-6
+lowercase  
-ISO-8859-7
+uppercase  
-ISO-8859-8
+titlecase  
-ISO-8859-9
+ascii  
-ISO-8859-10
+url  
-ISO-8859-13
+regex  
-ISO-8859-14
+command  
-ISO-8859-15
-ISO-8859-16
-KOI8-R
-KOI8-U
-Macintosh
-Macintosh-Cyrillic
-Windows-874
-Windows-1250
-Windows-1251
-Windows-1252
-Windows-1253
-Windows-1254
-Windows-1255
-Windows-1256
-Windows-1257
-Windows-1258
-X-User-Defined
 ```
-
+Char maps:  
-Encoding masks:
-
-```text
-Asterisk
-BackQuote
-BackSlash
-Colon
-CrLf
-Ctl
-Del
-Dollar
-Dot
-DoubleQuote
-Exclamation
-Hash
-InvalidUtf8
-LeftCrLfHtVt
-LeftPeriod
-LeftSpace
-LeftTilde
-LtGt
-None
-Percent
-Pipe
-Question
-Raw
-RightCrLfHtVt
-RightPeriod
-RightSpace
-Semicolon
-SingleQuote
-Slash
-SquareBracket
 ```
+  
+IBM-Code-Page-037  
+IBM-Code-Page-437  
+IBM-Code-Page-850  
+IBM-Code-Page-852  
+IBM-Code-Page-855  
+Windows-Code-Page-858  
+IBM-Code-Page-860  
+IBM-Code-Page-862  
+IBM-Code-Page-863  
+IBM-Code-Page-865  
+IBM-Code-Page-866  
+IBM-Code-Page-1047  
+IBM-Code-Page-1140  
+ISO-8859-1  
+ISO-8859-2  
+ISO-8859-3  
+ISO-8859-4  
+ISO-8859-5  
+ISO-8859-6  
+ISO-8859-7  
+ISO-8859-8  
+ISO-8859-9  
+ISO-8859-10  
+ISO-8859-13  
+ISO-8859-14  
+ISO-8859-15  
+ISO-8859-16  
+KOI8-R  
+KOI8-U  
+Macintosh  
+Macintosh-Cyrillic  
+Windows-874  
+Windows-1250  
+Windows-1251  
+Windows-1252  
+Windows-1253  
+Windows-1254  
+Windows-1255  
+Windows-1256  
+Windows-1257  
+Windows-1258  
+X-User-Defined  
+```
+Encoding masks:  
+```
+Asterisk  
+ BackQuote  
+ BackSlash  
+ Colon  
+ CrLf  
+ Ctl  
+ Del  
+ Dollar  
+ Dot  
+ DoubleQuote  
+ Exclamation  
+ Hash  
+ InvalidUtf8  
+ LeftCrLfHtVt  
+ LeftPeriod  
+ LeftSpace  
+ LeftTilde  
+ LtGt  
+ None  
+ Percent  
+ Pipe  
+ Question  
+ Raw  
+ RightCrLfHtVt  
+ RightPeriod  
+ RightSpace  
+ Semicolon  
+ SingleQuote  
+ Slash  
+ SquareBracket  
+```
+Examples: 
 
-Examples:
+```
-
-```console
 rclone convmv "stories/The Quick Brown Fox!.txt" --name-transform "all,uppercase"
 // Output: STORIES/THE QUICK BROWN FOX!.TXT
 ```
 
-```console
+```
 rclone convmv "stories/The Quick Brown Fox!.txt" --name-transform "all,replace=Fox:Turtle" --name-transform "all,replace=Quick:Slow"
 // Output: stories/The Slow Brown Turtle!.txt
 ```
 
-```console
+```
 rclone convmv "stories/The Quick Brown Fox!.txt" --name-transform "all,base64encode"
 // Output: c3Rvcmllcw==/VGhlIFF1aWNrIEJyb3duIEZveCEudHh0
 ```
 
-```console
+```
 rclone convmv "c3Rvcmllcw==/VGhlIFF1aWNrIEJyb3duIEZveCEudHh0" --name-transform "all,base64decode"
 // Output: stories/The Quick Brown Fox!.txt
 ```
 
-```console
+```
 rclone convmv "stories/The Quick Brown 🦊 Fox Went to the Café!.txt" --name-transform "all,nfc"
 // Output: stories/The Quick Brown 🦊 Fox Went to the Café!.txt
 ```
 
-```console
+```
 rclone convmv "stories/The Quick Brown 🦊 Fox Went to the Café!.txt" --name-transform "all,nfd"
 // Output: stories/The Quick Brown 🦊 Fox Went to the Café!.txt
 ```
 
-```console
+```
 rclone convmv "stories/The Quick Brown 🦊 Fox!.txt" --name-transform "all,ascii"
 // Output: stories/The Quick Brown  Fox!.txt
 ```
 
-```console
+```
 rclone convmv "stories/The Quick Brown Fox!.txt" --name-transform "all,trimsuffix=.txt"
 // Output: stories/The Quick Brown Fox!
 ```
 
-```console
+```
 rclone convmv "stories/The Quick Brown Fox!.txt" --name-transform "all,prefix=OLD_"
 // Output: OLD_stories/OLD_The Quick Brown Fox!.txt
 ```
 
-```console
+```
 rclone convmv "stories/The Quick Brown 🦊 Fox Went to the Café!.txt" --name-transform "all,charmap=ISO-8859-7"
 // Output: stories/The Quick Brown _ Fox Went to the Caf_!.txt
 ```
 
-```console
+```
 rclone convmv "stories/The Quick Brown Fox: A Memoir [draft].txt" --name-transform "all,encoder=Colon,SquareBracket"
 // Output: stories/The Quick Brown Fox： A Memoir ［draft］.txt
 ```
 
-```console
+```
 rclone convmv "stories/The Quick Brown 🦊 Fox Went to the Café!.txt" --name-transform "all,truncate=21"
 // Output: stories/The Quick Brown 🦊 Fox
 ```
 
-```console
+```
 rclone convmv "stories/The Quick Brown Fox!.txt" --name-transform "all,command=echo"
 // Output: stories/The Quick Brown Fox!.txt
 ```
 
-```console
+```
 rclone convmv "stories/The Quick Brown Fox!" --name-transform "date=-{YYYYMMDD}"
-// Output: stories/The Quick Brown Fox!-20251121
+// Output: stories/The Quick Brown Fox!-20250618
 ```
 
-```console
+```
 rclone convmv "stories/The Quick Brown Fox!" --name-transform "date=-{macfriendlytime}"
-// Output: stories/The Quick Brown Fox!-2025-11-21 0505PM
+// Output: stories/The Quick Brown Fox!-2025-06-18 0148PM
 ```
 
-```console
+```
 rclone convmv "stories/The Quick Brown Fox!.txt" --name-transform "all,regex=[\\.\\w]/ab"
 // Output: ababababababab/ababab ababababab ababababab ababab!abababab
 ```
 
-The regex command generally accepts Perl-style regular expressions, the exact
+Multiple transformations can be used in sequence, applied in the order they are specified on the command line.
-syntax is defined in the [Go regular expression reference](https://golang.org/pkg/regexp/syntax/).
-The replacement string may contain capturing group variables, referencing
-capturing groups using the syntax `$name` or `${name}`, where the name can
-refer to a named capturing group or it can simply be the index as a number.
-To insert a literal $, use $$.
-
-Multiple transformations can be used in sequence, applied
-in the order they are specified on the command line.
 
 The `--name-transform` flag is also available in `sync`, `copy`, and `move`.
 
-## Files vs Directories
+# Files vs Directories
 
-By default `--name-transform` will only apply to file names. The means only the
+By default `--name-transform` will only apply to file names. The means only the leaf file name will be transformed.
-leaf file name will be transformed. However some of the transforms would be
+However some of the transforms would be better applied to the whole path or just directories.
-better applied to the whole path or just directories. To choose which which
+To choose which which part of the file path is affected some tags can be added to the `--name-transform`.
-part of the file path is affected some tags can be added to the `--name-transform`.
 
 | Tag | Effect |
 |------|------|
@@ -269,58 +250,42 @@ part of the file path is affected some tags can be added to the `--name-transfor
 | `dir` | Only transform name of directories - these may appear anywhere in the path |
 | `all` | Transform the entire path for files and directories |
 
-This is used by adding the tag into the transform name like this:
+This is used by adding the tag into the transform name like this: `--name-transform file,prefix=ABC` or `--name-transform dir,prefix=DEF`.
-`--name-transform file,prefix=ABC` or `--name-transform dir,prefix=DEF`.
 
-For some conversions using all is more likely to be useful, for example
+For some conversions using all is more likely to be useful, for example `--name-transform all,nfc`.
-`--name-transform all,nfc`.
 
-Note that `--name-transform` may not add path separators `/` to the name.
+Note that `--name-transform` may not add path separators `/` to the name. This will cause an error.
-This will cause an error.
 
-## Ordering and Conflicts
+# Ordering and Conflicts
 
-- Transformations will be applied in the order specified by the user.
+* Transformations will be applied in the order specified by the user.
-  - If the `file` tag is in use (the default) then only the leaf name of files
+    * If the `file` tag is in use (the default) then only the leaf name of files will be transformed.
-    will be transformed.
+    * If the `dir` tag is in use then directories anywhere in the path will be transformed
-  - If the `dir` tag is in use then directories anywhere in the path will be
+    * If the `all` tag is in use then directories and files anywhere in the path will be transformed
-    transformed
+    * Each transformation will be run one path segment at a time.
-  - If the `all` tag is in use then directories and files anywhere in the path
+    * If a transformation adds a `/` or ends up with an empty path segment then that will be an error.
-    will be transformed
+* It is up to the user to put the transformations in a sensible order.
-  - Each transformation will be run one path segment at a time.
+    * Conflicting transformations, such as `prefix` followed by `trimprefix` or `nfc` followed by `nfd`, are possible.
-  - If a transformation adds a `/` or ends up with an empty path segment then
+    * Instead of enforcing mutual exclusivity, transformations are applied in sequence as specified by the
-    that will be an error.
+user, allowing for intentional use cases (e.g., trimming one prefix before adding another).
-- It is up to the user to put the transformations in a sensible order.
+    * Users should be aware that certain combinations may lead to unexpected results and should verify
-  - Conflicting transformations, such as `prefix` followed by `trimprefix` or
+transformations using `--dry-run` before execution.
-    `nfc` followed by `nfd`, are possible.
-  - Instead of enforcing mutual exclusivity, transformations are applied in
-    sequence as specified by the user, allowing for intentional use cases
-    (e.g., trimming one prefix before adding another).
-  - Users should be aware that certain combinations may lead to unexpected
-    results and should verify transformations using `--dry-run` before execution.
 
-## Race Conditions and Non-Deterministic Behavior
+# Race Conditions and Non-Deterministic Behavior
 
-Some transformations, such as `replace=old:new`, may introduce conflicts where
+Some transformations, such as `replace=old:new`, may introduce conflicts where multiple source files map to the same destination name.
-multiple source files map to the same destination name. This can lead to race
+This can lead to race conditions when performing concurrent transfers. It is up to the user to anticipate these.
-conditions when performing concurrent transfers. It is up to the user to
+* If two files from the source are transformed into the same name at the destination, the final state may be non-deterministic.
-anticipate these.
+* Running rclone check after a sync using such transformations may erroneously report missing or differing files due to overwritten results.
-
-- If two files from the source are transformed into the same name at the
-  destination, the final state may be non-deterministic.
-- Running rclone check after a sync using such transformations may erroneously
-  report missing or differing files due to overwritten results.
 
 To minimize risks, users should:
+* Carefully review transformations that may introduce conflicts.
+* Use `--dry-run` to inspect changes before executing a sync (but keep in mind that it won't show the effect of non-deterministic transformations).
+* Avoid transformations that cause multiple distinct source files to map to the same destination name.
+* Consider disabling concurrency with `--transfers=1` if necessary.
+* Certain transformations (e.g. `prefix`) will have a multiplying effect every time they are used. Avoid these when using `bisync`.
 
-- Carefully review transformations that may introduce conflicts.
+	
-- Use `--dry-run` to inspect changes before executing a sync (but keep in mind
-  that it won't show the effect of non-deterministic transformations).
-- Avoid transformations that cause multiple distinct source files to map to the
-  same destination name.
-- Consider disabling concurrency with `--transfers=1` if necessary.
-- Certain transformations (e.g. `prefix`) will have a multiplying effect every
-  time they are used. Avoid these when using `bisync`.
 
 ```
 rclone convmv dest:path --name-transform XXX [flags]
@@ -341,7 +306,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags for anything which can copy a file
 
-```text
+```
       --check-first                                 Do all the checks before starting transfers
   -c, --checksum                                    Check for changes with size & checksum (if available, or fallback to size only)
       --compare-dest stringArray                    Include additional server-side paths during comparison
@@ -382,7 +347,7 @@ Flags for anything which can copy a file
 
 Important flags useful for most commands
 
-```text
+```
   -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
   -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
   -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
@@ -392,7 +357,7 @@ Important flags useful for most commands
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -422,17 +387,12 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 Flags for listing directories
 
-```text
+```
       --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
       --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
 ```
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_copy.md

@@ -28,30 +28,22 @@ go there.
 
 For example
 
-```sh
+    rclone copy source:sourcepath dest:destpath
-rclone copy source:sourcepath dest:destpath
-```
 
 Let's say there are two files in sourcepath
 
-```text
+    sourcepath/one.txt
-sourcepath/one.txt
+    sourcepath/two.txt
-sourcepath/two.txt
-```
 
 This copies them to
 
-```text
+    destpath/one.txt
-destpath/one.txt
+    destpath/two.txt
-destpath/two.txt
-```
 
 Not to
 
-```text
+    destpath/sourcepath/one.txt
-destpath/sourcepath/one.txt
+    destpath/sourcepath/two.txt
-destpath/sourcepath/two.txt
-```
 
 If you are familiar with `rsync`, rclone always works as if you had
 written a trailing `/` - meaning "copy the contents of this directory".
@@ -67,30 +59,27 @@ For example, if you have many files in /path/to/src but only a few of
 them change every day, you can copy all the files which have changed
 recently very efficiently like this:
 
-```sh
+    rclone copy --max-age 24h --no-traverse /path/to/src remote:
-rclone copy --max-age 24h --no-traverse /path/to/src remote:
+
-```
 
 Rclone will sync the modification times of files and directories if
 the backend supports it. If metadata syncing is required then use the
 `--metadata` flag.
 
 Note that the modification time and metadata for the root directory
-will **not** be synced. See [issue #7652](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/7652)
+will **not** be synced. See https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/7652
 for more info.
 
 **Note**: Use the `-P`/`--progress` flag to view real-time transfer statistics.
 
-**Note**: Use the `--dry-run` or the `--interactive`/`-i` flag to test without
+**Note**: Use the `--dry-run` or the `--interactive`/`-i` flag to test without copying anything.
-copying anything.
 
-## Logger Flags
+# Logger Flags
 
-The `--differ`, `--missing-on-dst`, `--missing-on-src`, `--match` and `--error`
+The `--differ`, `--missing-on-dst`, `--missing-on-src`, `--match` and `--error` flags write paths,
-flags write paths, one per line, to the file name (or stdout if it is `-`)
+one per line, to the file name (or stdout if it is `-`) supplied. What they write is described
-supplied. What they write is described in the help below. For example
+in the help below. For example `--differ` will write all paths which are present
-`--differ` will write all paths which are present on both the source and
+on both the source and destination but different.
-destination but different.
 
 The `--combined` flag will write a file (or stdout) which contains all
 file paths with a symbol and then a space and then the path to tell
@@ -123,7 +112,9 @@ are not currently supported:
 
 Note also that each file is logged during execution, as opposed to after, so it
 is most useful as a predictor of what SHOULD happen to each file
-(which may or may not match what actually DID).
+(which may or may not match what actually DID.)
+
+
 
 ```
 rclone copy source:path dest:path [flags]
@@ -149,7 +140,7 @@ rclone copy source:path dest:path [flags]
       --missing-on-dst string   Report all files missing from the destination to this file
       --missing-on-src string   Report all files missing from the source to this file
   -s, --separator string        Separator for the items in the format (default ";")
-  -t, --timeformat string       Specify a custom time format - see docs for details (default: 2006-01-02 15:04:05)
+  -t, --timeformat string       Specify a custom time format, or 'max' for max precision supported by remote (default: 2006-01-02 15:04:05)
 ```
 
 Options shared with other commands are described next.
@@ -159,7 +150,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags for anything which can copy a file
 
-```text
+```
       --check-first                                 Do all the checks before starting transfers
   -c, --checksum                                    Check for changes with size & checksum (if available, or fallback to size only)
       --compare-dest stringArray                    Include additional server-side paths during comparison
@@ -200,7 +191,7 @@ Flags for anything which can copy a file
 
 Important flags useful for most commands
 
-```text
+```
   -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
   -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
   -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
@@ -210,7 +201,7 @@ Important flags useful for most commands
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -240,17 +231,12 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 Flags for listing directories
 
-```text
+```
       --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
       --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
 ```
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_copyto.md

@@ -19,40 +19,33 @@ name.  If the source is a directory then it acts exactly like the
 
 So
 
-```console
+    rclone copyto src dst
-rclone copyto src dst
-```
 
-where src and dst are rclone paths, either `remote:path` or
+where src and dst are rclone paths, either remote:path or
-`/path/to/local` or `C:\windows\path\if\on\windows`.
+/path/to/local or C:\windows\path\if\on\windows.
 
 This will:
 
-```text
+    if src is file
-if src is file
+        copy it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists
-    copy it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists
+    if src is directory
-if src is directory
+        copy it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist
-    copy it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist
+        see copy command for full details
-    see copy command for full details
-```
 
 This doesn't transfer files that are identical on src and dst, testing
 by size and modification time or MD5SUM.  It doesn't delete files from
 the destination.
 
-*If you are looking to copy just a byte range of a file, please see
+*If you are looking to copy just a byte range of a file, please see 'rclone cat --offset X --count Y'*
-`rclone cat --offset X --count Y`.*
 
-**Note**: Use the `-P`/`--progress` flag to view
+**Note**: Use the `-P`/`--progress` flag to view real-time transfer statistics
-real-time transfer statistics.
 
-## Logger Flags
+# Logger Flags
 
-The `--differ`, `--missing-on-dst`, `--missing-on-src`, `--match` and `--error`
+The `--differ`, `--missing-on-dst`, `--missing-on-src`, `--match` and `--error` flags write paths,
-flags write paths, one per line, to the file name (or stdout if it is `-`)
+one per line, to the file name (or stdout if it is `-`) supplied. What they write is described
-supplied. What they write is described in the help below. For example
+in the help below. For example `--differ` will write all paths which are present
-`--differ` will write all paths which are present on both the source and
+on both the source and destination but different.
-destination but different.
 
 The `--combined` flag will write a file (or stdout) which contains all
 file paths with a symbol and then a space and then the path to tell
@@ -85,7 +78,9 @@ are not currently supported:
 
 Note also that each file is logged during execution, as opposed to after, so it
 is most useful as a predictor of what SHOULD happen to each file
-(which may or may not match what actually DID).
+(which may or may not match what actually DID.)
+
+
 
 ```
 rclone copyto source:path dest:path [flags]
@@ -110,7 +105,7 @@ rclone copyto source:path dest:path [flags]
       --missing-on-dst string   Report all files missing from the destination to this file
       --missing-on-src string   Report all files missing from the source to this file
   -s, --separator string        Separator for the items in the format (default ";")
-  -t, --timeformat string       Specify a custom time format - see docs for details (default: 2006-01-02 15:04:05)
+  -t, --timeformat string       Specify a custom time format, or 'max' for max precision supported by remote (default: 2006-01-02 15:04:05)
 ```
 
 Options shared with other commands are described next.
@@ -120,7 +115,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags for anything which can copy a file
 
-```text
+```
       --check-first                                 Do all the checks before starting transfers
   -c, --checksum                                    Check for changes with size & checksum (if available, or fallback to size only)
       --compare-dest stringArray                    Include additional server-side paths during comparison
@@ -161,7 +156,7 @@ Flags for anything which can copy a file
 
 Important flags useful for most commands
 
-```text
+```
   -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
   -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
   -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
@@ -171,7 +166,7 @@ Important flags useful for most commands
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -201,17 +196,12 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 Flags for listing directories
 
-```text
+```
       --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
       --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
 ```
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_copyurl.md

@@ -22,23 +22,12 @@ set in HTTP headers, it will be used instead of the name from the URL.
 With `--print-filename` in addition, the resulting file name will be
 printed.
 
-Setting `--no-clobber` will prevent overwriting file on the
+Setting `--no-clobber` will prevent overwriting file on the 
 destination if there is one with the same name.
 
 Setting `--stdout` or making the output file name `-`
 will cause the output to be written to standard output.
 
-Setting `--urls` allows you to input a CSV file of URLs in format: URL,
-FILENAME. If `--urls` is in use then replace the URL in the arguments with the
-file containing the URLs, e.g.:
-```sh
-rclone copyurl --urls myurls.csv remote:dir
-```
-Missing filenames will be autogenerated equivalent to using `--auto-filename`.
-Note that `--stdout` and `--print-filename` are incompatible with `--urls`.
-This will do `--transfers` copies in parallel. Note that if `--auto-filename`
-is desired for all URLs then a file with only URLs and no filename can be used.
-
 ## Troubleshooting
 
 If you can't get `rclone copyurl` to work then here are some things you can try:
@@ -49,6 +38,8 @@ If you can't get `rclone copyurl` to work then here are some things you can try:
 - `--user agent curl` - some sites have whitelists for curl's user-agent - try that
 - Make sure the site works with `curl` directly
 
+
+
 ```
 rclone copyurl https://example.com dest:path [flags]
 ```
@@ -62,7 +53,6 @@ rclone copyurl https://example.com dest:path [flags]
       --no-clobber        Prevent overwriting file with same name
   -p, --print-filename    Print the resulting name from --auto-filename
       --stdout            Write the output to stdout rather than a file
-      --urls              Use a CSV file of links to process multiple URLs
 ```
 
 Options shared with other commands are described next.
@@ -72,7 +62,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Important flags useful for most commands
 
-```text
+```
   -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
   -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
   -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
@@ -80,10 +70,5 @@ Important flags useful for most commands
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_cryptcheck.md

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Cryptcheck checks the integrity of an encrypted remote.
 
 ## Synopsis
 
-Checks a remote against an [encrypted](/crypt/) remote. This is the equivalent
+Checks a remote against a [crypted](/crypt/) remote. This is the equivalent
 of running rclone [check](/commands/rclone_check/), but able to check the
 checksums of the encrypted remote.
 
@@ -24,18 +24,14 @@ checksum of the file it has just encrypted.
 
 Use it like this
 
-```console
+    rclone cryptcheck /path/to/files encryptedremote:path
-rclone cryptcheck /path/to/files encryptedremote:path
-```
 
 You can use it like this also, but that will involve downloading all
-the files in `remote:path`.
+the files in remote:path.
 
-```console
+    rclone cryptcheck remote:path encryptedremote:path
-rclone cryptcheck remote:path encryptedremote:path
-```
 
-After it has run it will log the status of the `encryptedremote:`.
+After it has run it will log the status of the encryptedremote:.
 
 If you supply the `--one-way` flag, it will only check that files in
 the source match the files in the destination, not the other way
@@ -61,6 +57,7 @@ you what happened to it. These are reminiscent of diff files.
 The default number of parallel checks is 8. See the [--checkers](/docs/#checkers-int)
 option for more information.
 
+
 ```
 rclone cryptcheck remote:path cryptedremote:path [flags]
 ```
@@ -85,7 +82,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags used for check commands
 
-```text
+```
       --max-backlog int   Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog (default 10000)
 ```
 
@@ -93,7 +90,7 @@ Flags used for check commands
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -123,17 +120,12 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 Flags for listing directories
 
-```text
+```
       --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
       --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
 ```
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_cryptdecode.md

@@ -17,13 +17,13 @@ If you supply the `--reverse` flag, it will return encrypted file names.
 
 use it like this
 
-```console
+	rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename1 encryptedfilename2
-rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename1 encryptedfilename2
+
-rclone cryptdecode --reverse encryptedremote: filename1 filename2
+	rclone cryptdecode --reverse encryptedremote: filename1 filename2
-```
+
+Another way to accomplish this is by using the `rclone backend encode` (or `decode`) command.
+See the documentation on the [crypt](/crypt/) overlay for more info.
 
-Another way to accomplish this is by using the `rclone backend encode` (or `decode`)
-command. See the documentation on the [crypt](/crypt/) overlay for more info.
 
 ```
 rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename [flags]
@@ -40,10 +40,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_dedupe.md

@@ -30,15 +30,14 @@ directories have been merged.
 
 Next, if deduping by name, for every group of duplicate file names /
 hashes, it will delete all but one identical file it finds without
-confirmation.  This means that for most duplicated files the
+confirmation.  This means that for most duplicated files the `dedupe` command will not be interactive.
-`dedupe` command will not be interactive.
 
 `dedupe` considers files to be identical if they have the
-same file path and the same hash. If the backend does not support
+same file path and the same hash. If the backend does not support hashes (e.g. crypt wrapping
-hashes (e.g. crypt wrapping Google Drive) then they will never be found
+Google Drive) then they will never be found to be identical. If you
-to be identical. If you use the `--size-only` flag then files
+use the `--size-only` flag then files will be considered
-will be considered identical if they have the same size (any hash will be
+identical if they have the same size (any hash will be ignored). This
-ignored). This can be useful on crypt backends which do not support hashes.
+can be useful on crypt backends which do not support hashes.
 
 Next rclone will resolve the remaining duplicates. Exactly which
 action is taken depends on the dedupe mode. By default, rclone will
@@ -51,82 +50,71 @@ Here is an example run.
 
 Before - with duplicates
 
-```console
+    $ rclone lsl drive:dupes
-$ rclone lsl drive:dupes
+      6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt
-  6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt
+      6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:11.775000000 one.txt
-  6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:11.775000000 one.txt
+       564374 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000 one.txt
-   564374 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000 one.txt
+      6048320 2016-03-05 16:18:26.092000000 one.txt
-  6048320 2016-03-05 16:18:26.092000000 one.txt
+      6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two.txt
-  6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two.txt
+      1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two.txt
-  1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two.txt
+       564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two.txt
-   564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two.txt
-```
 
 Now the `dedupe` session
 
-```console
+    $ rclone dedupe drive:dupes
-$ rclone dedupe drive:dupes
+    2016/03/05 16:24:37 Google drive root 'dupes': Looking for duplicates using interactive mode.
-2016/03/05 16:24:37 Google drive root 'dupes': Looking for duplicates using interactive mode.
+    one.txt: Found 4 files with duplicate names
-one.txt: Found 4 files with duplicate names
+    one.txt: Deleting 2/3 identical duplicates (MD5 "1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36")
-one.txt: Deleting 2/3 identical duplicates (MD5 "1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36")
+    one.txt: 2 duplicates remain
-one.txt: 2 duplicates remain
+      1:      6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000, MD5 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36
-  1:      6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000, MD5 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36
+      2:       564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000, MD5 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81
-  2:       564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000, MD5 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81
+    s) Skip and do nothing
-s) Skip and do nothing
+    k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
-k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
+    r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
-r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
+    s/k/r> k
-s/k/r> k
+    Enter the number of the file to keep> 1
-Enter the number of the file to keep> 1
+    one.txt: Deleted 1 extra copies
-one.txt: Deleted 1 extra copies
+    two.txt: Found 3 files with duplicate names
-two.txt: Found 3 files with duplicate names
+    two.txt: 3 duplicates remain
-two.txt: 3 duplicates remain
+      1:       564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000, MD5 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81
-  1:       564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000, MD5 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81
+      2:      6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000, MD5 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36
-  2:      6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000, MD5 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36
+      3:      1744073 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000, MD5 851957f7fb6f0bc4ce76be966d336802
-  3:      1744073 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000, MD5 851957f7fb6f0bc4ce76be966d336802
+    s) Skip and do nothing
-s) Skip and do nothing
+    k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
-k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
+    r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
-r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
+    s/k/r> r
-s/k/r> r
+    two-1.txt: renamed from: two.txt
-two-1.txt: renamed from: two.txt
+    two-2.txt: renamed from: two.txt
-two-2.txt: renamed from: two.txt
+    two-3.txt: renamed from: two.txt
-two-3.txt: renamed from: two.txt
-```
 
 The result being
 
-```console
+    $ rclone lsl drive:dupes
-$ rclone lsl drive:dupes
+      6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt
-  6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt
+       564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two-1.txt
-   564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two-1.txt
+      6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two-2.txt
-  6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two-2.txt
+      1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two-3.txt
-  1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two-3.txt
-```
 
-Dedupe can be run non interactively using the `--dedupe-mode` flag
+Dedupe can be run non interactively using the `--dedupe-mode` flag or by using an extra parameter with the same value
-or by using an extra parameter with the same value
 
-- `--dedupe-mode interactive` - interactive as above.
+  * `--dedupe-mode interactive` - interactive as above.
-- `--dedupe-mode skip` - removes identical files then skips anything left.
+  * `--dedupe-mode skip` - removes identical files then skips anything left.
-- `--dedupe-mode first` - removes identical files then keeps the first one.
+  * `--dedupe-mode first` - removes identical files then keeps the first one.
-- `--dedupe-mode newest` - removes identical files then keeps the newest one.
+  * `--dedupe-mode newest` - removes identical files then keeps the newest one.
-- `--dedupe-mode oldest` - removes identical files then keeps the oldest one.
+  * `--dedupe-mode oldest` - removes identical files then keeps the oldest one.
-- `--dedupe-mode largest` - removes identical files then keeps the largest one.
+  * `--dedupe-mode largest` - removes identical files then keeps the largest one.
-- `--dedupe-mode smallest` - removes identical files then keeps the smallest one.
+  * `--dedupe-mode smallest` - removes identical files then keeps the smallest one.
-- `--dedupe-mode rename` - removes identical files then renames the rest to be different.
+  * `--dedupe-mode rename` - removes identical files then renames the rest to be different.
-- `--dedupe-mode list` - lists duplicate dirs and files only and changes nothing.
+  * `--dedupe-mode list` - lists duplicate dirs and files only and changes nothing.
 
-For example, to rename all the identically named photos in your Google Photos
+For example, to rename all the identically named photos in your Google Photos directory, do
-directory, do
 
-```console
+    rclone dedupe --dedupe-mode rename "drive:Google Photos"
-rclone dedupe --dedupe-mode rename "drive:Google Photos"
-```
 
 Or
 
-```console
+    rclone dedupe rename "drive:Google Photos"
-rclone dedupe rename "drive:Google Photos"
+
-```
 
 ```
 rclone dedupe [mode] remote:path [flags]
@@ -147,7 +135,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Important flags useful for most commands
 
-```text
+```
   -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
   -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
   -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
@@ -155,10 +143,5 @@ Important flags useful for most commands
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_delete.md

@@ -17,23 +17,19 @@ obeys include/exclude filters so can be used to selectively delete files.
 alone. If you want to delete a directory and all of its contents use
 the [purge](/commands/rclone_purge/) command.
 
-If you supply the `--rmdirs` flag, it will remove all empty directories along
+If you supply the `--rmdirs` flag, it will remove all empty directories along with it.
-with it. You can also use the separate command [rmdir](/commands/rclone_rmdir/)
+You can also use the separate command [rmdir](/commands/rclone_rmdir/) or
-or [rmdirs](/commands/rclone_rmdirs/) to delete empty directories only.
+[rmdirs](/commands/rclone_rmdirs/) to delete empty directories only.
 
 For example, to delete all files bigger than 100 MiB, you may first want to
 check what would be deleted (use either):
 
-```sh
+    rclone --min-size 100M lsl remote:path
-rclone --min-size 100M lsl remote:path
+    rclone --dry-run --min-size 100M delete remote:path
-rclone --dry-run --min-size 100M delete remote:path
-```
 
 Then proceed with the actual delete:
 
-```sh
+    rclone --min-size 100M delete remote:path
-rclone --min-size 100M delete remote:path
-```
 
 That reads "delete everything with a minimum size of 100 MiB", hence
 delete all files bigger than 100 MiB.
@@ -41,6 +37,7 @@ delete all files bigger than 100 MiB.
 **Important**: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the
 `--dry-run` or the `--interactive`/`-i` flag.
 
+
 ```
 rclone delete remote:path [flags]
 ```
@@ -59,7 +56,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Important flags useful for most commands
 
-```text
+```
   -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
   -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
   -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
@@ -69,7 +66,7 @@ Important flags useful for most commands
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -99,17 +96,12 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 Flags for listing directories
 
-```text
+```
       --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
       --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
 ```
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_deletefile.md

@@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ Remove a single file from remote.
 ## Synopsis
 
 Remove a single file from remote.  Unlike `delete` it cannot be used to
-remove a directory and it doesn't obey include/exclude filters - if the
+remove a directory and it doesn't obey include/exclude filters - if the specified file exists,
-specified file exists, it will always be removed.
+it will always be removed.
+
 
 ```
 rclone deletefile remote:path [flags]
@@ -31,7 +32,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Important flags useful for most commands
 
-```text
+```
   -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
   -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
   -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
@@ -39,10 +40,5 @@ Important flags useful for most commands
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_gendocs.md

@@ -28,10 +28,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_gitannex.md

@@ -18,21 +18,19 @@ users.
 
 [git-annex]: https://git-annex.branchable.com/
 
-## Installation on Linux
+Installation on Linux
+---------------------
 
 1. Skip this step if your version of git-annex is [10.20240430] or newer.
    Otherwise, you must create a symlink somewhere on your PATH with a particular
    name. This symlink helps git-annex tell rclone it wants to run the "gitannex"
    subcommand.
 
-   Create the helper symlink in "$HOME/bin":
+   ```sh
-
+   # Create the helper symlink in "$HOME/bin".
-   ```console
    ln -s "$(realpath rclone)" "$HOME/bin/git-annex-remote-rclone-builtin"
 
-   Verify the new symlink is on your PATH:
+   # Verify the new symlink is on your PATH.
-
-   ```console
    which git-annex-remote-rclone-builtin
    ```
 
@@ -44,15 +42,11 @@ users.
    Start by asking git-annex to describe the remote's available configuration
    parameters.
 
-   If you skipped step 1:
+   ```sh
-
+   # If you skipped step 1:
-   ```console
    git annex initremote MyRemote type=rclone --whatelse
-   ```
 
-   If you created a symlink in step 1:
+   # If you created a symlink in step 1:
-
-   ```console
    git annex initremote MyRemote type=external externaltype=rclone-builtin --whatelse
     ```
 
@@ -68,7 +62,7 @@ users.
    be one configured in your rclone.conf file, which can be located with `rclone
    config file`.
 
-   ```console
+   ```sh
    git annex initremote MyRemote         \
        type=external                     \
        externaltype=rclone-builtin       \
@@ -82,12 +76,13 @@ users.
    remote**. This command is very new and has not been tested on many rclone
    backends. Caveat emptor!
 
-   ```console
+   ```sh
    git annex testremote MyRemote
    ```
 
 Happy annexing!
 
+
 ```
 rclone gitannex [flags]
 ```
@@ -102,10 +97,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_hashsum.md

@@ -29,28 +29,25 @@ as a relative path).
 
 Run without a hash to see the list of all supported hashes, e.g.
 
-```console
+    $ rclone hashsum
-$ rclone hashsum
+    Supported hashes are:
-Supported hashes are:
+      * md5
-- md5
+      * sha1
-- sha1
+      * whirlpool
-- whirlpool
+      * crc32
-- crc32
+      * sha256
-- sha256
+      * sha512
-- sha512
+      * blake3
-- blake3
+      * xxh3
-- xxh3
+      * xxh128
-- xxh128
-```
 
 Then
 
-```console
+    $ rclone hashsum MD5 remote:path
-rclone hashsum MD5 remote:path
-```
 
 Note that hash names are case insensitive and values are output in lower case.
 
+
 ```
 rclone hashsum [<hash> remote:path] [flags]
 ```
@@ -72,7 +69,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -102,17 +99,12 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 Flags for listing directories
 
-```text
+```
       --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
       --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
 ```
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_link.md

@@ -12,12 +12,10 @@ Generate public link to file/folder.
 
 Create, retrieve or remove a public link to the given file or folder.
 
-```console
+    rclone link remote:path/to/file
-rclone link remote:path/to/file
+    rclone link remote:path/to/folder/
-rclone link remote:path/to/folder/
+    rclone link --unlink remote:path/to/folder/
-rclone link --unlink remote:path/to/folder/
+    rclone link --expire 1d remote:path/to/file
-rclone link --expire 1d remote:path/to/file
-```
 
 If you supply the --expire flag, it will set the expiration time
 otherwise it will use the default (100 years). **Note** not all
@@ -30,9 +28,10 @@ don't will just ignore it.
 
 If successful, the last line of the output will contain the
 link. Exact capabilities depend on the remote, but the link will
-always by default be created with the least constraints - e.g. no
+always by default be created with the least constraints – e.g. no
 expiry, no password protection, accessible without account.
 
+
 ```
 rclone link remote:path [flags]
 ```
@@ -49,10 +48,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_listremotes.md

@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ List all the remotes in the config file and defined in environment variables.
 
 ## Synopsis
 
+
 Lists all the available remotes from the config file, or the remotes matching
 an optional filter.
 
@@ -23,6 +24,7 @@ Result can be filtered by a filter argument which applies to all attributes,
 and/or filter flags specific for each attribute. The values must be specified
 according to regular rclone filtering pattern syntax.
 
+
 ```
 rclone listremotes [<filter>] [flags]
 ```
@@ -44,10 +46,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_ls.md

@@ -12,25 +12,24 @@ List the objects in the path with size and path.
 Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human
 readable format with size and path. Recurses by default.
 
-E.g.
+Eg
+
+    $ rclone ls swift:bucket
+        60295 bevajer5jef
+        90613 canole
+        94467 diwogej7
+        37600 fubuwic
 
-```console
-$ rclone ls swift:bucket
-    60295 bevajer5jef
-    90613 canole
-    94467 diwogej7
-    37600 fubuwic
-```
 
 Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
 
 There are several related list commands
 
-- `ls` to list size and path of objects only
+  * `ls` to list size and path of objects only
-- `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
+  * `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
-- `lsd` to list directories only
+  * `lsd` to list directories only
-- `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
+  * `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
-- `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
+  * `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
 
 `ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human-readable.
 `lsf` is designed to be human and machine-readable.
@@ -38,13 +37,13 @@ There are several related list commands
 
 Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use `--max-depth 1` to stop the recursion.
 
-The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default -
+The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use `-R` to make them recurse.
-use `-R` to make them recurse.
 
 Listing a nonexistent directory will produce an error except for
 remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs -
 the bucket-based remotes).
 
+
 ```
 rclone ls remote:path [flags]
 ```
@@ -62,7 +61,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -92,17 +91,12 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 Flags for listing directories
 
-```text
+```
       --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
       --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
 ```
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_lsd.md

@@ -15,34 +15,31 @@ recurse by default.  Use the `-R` flag to recurse.
 This command lists the total size of the directory (if known, -1 if
 not), the modification time (if known, the current time if not), the
 number of objects in the directory (if known, -1 if not) and the name
-of the directory, E.g.
+of the directory, Eg
 
-```console
+    $ rclone lsd swift:
-$ rclone lsd swift:
+          494000 2018-04-26 08:43:20     10000 10000files
-      494000 2018-04-26 08:43:20     10000 10000files
+              65 2018-04-26 08:43:20         1 1File
-          65 2018-04-26 08:43:20         1 1File
-```
 
 Or
 
-```console
+    $ rclone lsd drive:test
-$ rclone lsd drive:test
+              -1 2016-10-17 17:41:53        -1 1000files
-          -1 2016-10-17 17:41:53        -1 1000files
+              -1 2017-01-03 14:40:54        -1 2500files
-          -1 2017-01-03 14:40:54        -1 2500files
+              -1 2017-07-08 14:39:28        -1 4000files
-          -1 2017-07-08 14:39:28        -1 4000files
-```
 
 If you just want the directory names use `rclone lsf --dirs-only`.
 
+
 Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
 
 There are several related list commands
 
-- `ls` to list size and path of objects only
+  * `ls` to list size and path of objects only
-- `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
+  * `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
-- `lsd` to list directories only
+  * `lsd` to list directories only
-- `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
+  * `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
-- `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
+  * `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
 
 `ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human-readable.
 `lsf` is designed to be human and machine-readable.
@@ -50,13 +47,13 @@ There are several related list commands
 
 Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use `--max-depth 1` to stop the recursion.
 
-The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default -
+The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use `-R` to make them recurse.
-use `-R` to make them recurse.
 
 Listing a nonexistent directory will produce an error except for
 remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs -
 the bucket-based remotes).
 
+
 ```
 rclone lsd remote:path [flags]
 ```
@@ -75,7 +72,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -105,17 +102,12 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 Flags for listing directories
 
-```text
+```
       --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
       --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
 ```
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_lsf.md

@@ -15,47 +15,41 @@ standard output in a form which is easy to parse by scripts.  By
 default this will just be the names of the objects and directories,
 one per line.  The directories will have a / suffix.
 
-E.g.
+Eg
 
-```console
+    $ rclone lsf swift:bucket
-$ rclone lsf swift:bucket
+    bevajer5jef
-bevajer5jef
+    canole
-canole
+    diwogej7
-diwogej7
+    ferejej3gux/
-ferejej3gux/
+    fubuwic
-fubuwic
-```
 
 Use the `--format` option to control what gets listed.  By default this
 is just the path, but you can use these parameters to control the
 output:
 
-```text
+    p - path
-p - path
+    s - size
-s - size
+    t - modification time
-t - modification time
+    h - hash
-h - hash
+    i - ID of object
-i - ID of object
+    o - Original ID of underlying object
-o - Original ID of underlying object
+    m - MimeType of object if known
-m - MimeType of object if known
+    e - encrypted name
-e - encrypted name
+    T - tier of storage if known, e.g. "Hot" or "Cool"
-T - tier of storage if known, e.g. "Hot" or "Cool"
+    M - Metadata of object in JSON blob format, eg {"key":"value"}
-M - Metadata of object in JSON blob format, eg {"key":"value"}
-```
 
 So if you wanted the path, size and modification time, you would use
 `--format "pst"`, or maybe `--format "tsp"` to put the path last.
 
-E.g.
+Eg
 
-```console
+    $ rclone lsf  --format "tsp" swift:bucket
-$ rclone lsf  --format "tsp" swift:bucket
+    2016-06-25 18:55:41;60295;bevajer5jef
-2016-06-25 18:55:41;60295;bevajer5jef
+    2016-06-25 18:55:43;90613;canole
-2016-06-25 18:55:43;90613;canole
+    2016-06-25 18:55:43;94467;diwogej7
-2016-06-25 18:55:43;94467;diwogej7
+    2018-04-26 08:50:45;0;ferejej3gux/
-2018-04-26 08:50:45;0;ferejej3gux/
+    2016-06-25 18:55:40;37600;fubuwic
-2016-06-25 18:55:40;37600;fubuwic
-```
 
 If you specify "h" in the format you will get the MD5 hash by default,
 use the `--hash` flag to change which hash you want.  Note that this
@@ -66,20 +60,16 @@ type.
 
 For example, to emulate the md5sum command you can use
 
-```console
+    rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator "  " --files-only .
-rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator "  " --files-only .
-```
 
-E.g.
+Eg
 
-```console
+    $ rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator "  " --files-only swift:bucket
-$ rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator "  " --files-only swift:bucket
+    7908e352297f0f530b84a756f188baa3  bevajer5jef
-7908e352297f0f530b84a756f188baa3  bevajer5jef
+    cd65ac234e6fea5925974a51cdd865cc  canole
-cd65ac234e6fea5925974a51cdd865cc  canole
+    03b5341b4f234b9d984d03ad076bae91  diwogej7
-03b5341b4f234b9d984d03ad076bae91  diwogej7
+    8fd37c3810dd660778137ac3a66cc06d  fubuwic
-8fd37c3810dd660778137ac3a66cc06d  fubuwic
+    99713e14a4c4ff553acaf1930fad985b  gixacuh7ku
-99713e14a4c4ff553acaf1930fad985b  gixacuh7ku
-```
 
 (Though "rclone md5sum ." is an easier way of typing this.)
 
@@ -87,28 +77,24 @@ By default the separator is ";" this can be changed with the
 `--separator` flag.  Note that separators aren't escaped in the path so
 putting it last is a good strategy.
 
-E.g.
+Eg
 
-```console
+    $ rclone lsf  --separator "," --format "tshp" swift:bucket
-$ rclone lsf  --separator "," --format "tshp" swift:bucket
+    2016-06-25 18:55:41,60295,7908e352297f0f530b84a756f188baa3,bevajer5jef
-2016-06-25 18:55:41,60295,7908e352297f0f530b84a756f188baa3,bevajer5jef
+    2016-06-25 18:55:43,90613,cd65ac234e6fea5925974a51cdd865cc,canole
-2016-06-25 18:55:43,90613,cd65ac234e6fea5925974a51cdd865cc,canole
+    2016-06-25 18:55:43,94467,03b5341b4f234b9d984d03ad076bae91,diwogej7
-2016-06-25 18:55:43,94467,03b5341b4f234b9d984d03ad076bae91,diwogej7
+    2018-04-26 08:52:53,0,,ferejej3gux/
-2018-04-26 08:52:53,0,,ferejej3gux/
+    2016-06-25 18:55:40,37600,8fd37c3810dd660778137ac3a66cc06d,fubuwic
-2016-06-25 18:55:40,37600,8fd37c3810dd660778137ac3a66cc06d,fubuwic
-```
 
 You can output in CSV standard format.  This will escape things in "
-if they contain,
+if they contain ,
 
-E.g.
+Eg
 
-```console
+    $ rclone lsf --csv --files-only --format ps remote:path
-$ rclone lsf --csv --files-only --format ps remote:path
+    test.log,22355
-test.log,22355
+    test.sh,449
-test.sh,449
+    "this file contains a comma, in the file name.txt",6
-"this file contains a comma, in the file name.txt",6
-```
 
 Note that the `--absolute` parameter is useful for making lists of files
 to pass to an rclone copy with the `--files-from-raw` flag.
@@ -116,38 +102,32 @@ to pass to an rclone copy with the `--files-from-raw` flag.
 For example, to find all the files modified within one day and copy
 those only (without traversing the whole directory structure):
 
-```console
+    rclone lsf --absolute --files-only --max-age 1d /path/to/local > new_files
-rclone lsf --absolute --files-only --max-age 1d /path/to/local > new_files
+    rclone copy --files-from-raw new_files /path/to/local remote:path
-rclone copy --files-from-raw new_files /path/to/local remote:path
-```
 
 The default time format is `'2006-01-02 15:04:05'`.
-[Other formats](https://pkg.go.dev/time#pkg-constants) can be specified with
+[Other formats](https://pkg.go.dev/time#pkg-constants) can be specified with the `--time-format` flag.
-the `--time-format` flag. Examples:
+Examples:
 
-```console
+	rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format 'Jan 2, 2006 at 3:04pm (MST)'
-rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format 'Jan 2, 2006 at 3:04pm (MST)'
+	rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format '2006-01-02 15:04:05.000000000'
-rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format '2006-01-02 15:04:05.000000000'
+	rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format '2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00'
-rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format '2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00'
+	rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format RFC3339
-rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format RFC3339
+	rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format DateOnly
-rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format DateOnly
+	rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format max
-rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format max
+`--time-format max` will automatically truncate '`2006-01-02 15:04:05.000000000`'
-rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format unix
-rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format unixnano
-```
-
-`--time-format max` will automatically truncate `2006-01-02 15:04:05.000000000`
 to the maximum precision supported by the remote.
 
+
 Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
 
 There are several related list commands
 
-- `ls` to list size and path of objects only
+  * `ls` to list size and path of objects only
-- `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
+  * `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
-- `lsd` to list directories only
+  * `lsd` to list directories only
-- `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
+  * `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
-- `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
+  * `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
 
 `ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human-readable.
 `lsf` is designed to be human and machine-readable.
@@ -155,13 +135,13 @@ There are several related list commands
 
 Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use `--max-depth 1` to stop the recursion.
 
-The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default -
+The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use `-R` to make them recurse.
-use `-R` to make them recurse.
 
 Listing a nonexistent directory will produce an error except for
 remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs -
 the bucket-based remotes).
 
+
 ```
 rclone lsf remote:path [flags]
 ```
@@ -179,7 +159,7 @@ rclone lsf remote:path [flags]
   -h, --help                 help for lsf
   -R, --recursive            Recurse into the listing
   -s, --separator string     Separator for the items in the format (default ";")
-  -t, --time-format string   Specify a custom time format - see docs for details (default: 2006-01-02 15:04:05)
+  -t, --time-format string   Specify a custom time format, or 'max' for max precision supported by remote (default: 2006-01-02 15:04:05)
 ```
 
 Options shared with other commands are described next.
@@ -189,7 +169,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -219,17 +199,12 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 Flags for listing directories
 
-```text
+```
       --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
       --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
 ```
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_lsjson.md

@@ -14,27 +14,25 @@ List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.
 
 The output is an array of Items, where each Item looks like this:
 
-```json
+    {
-{
+      "Hashes" : {
-  "Hashes" : {
+         "SHA-1" : "f572d396fae9206628714fb2ce00f72e94f2258f",
-    "SHA-1" : "f572d396fae9206628714fb2ce00f72e94f2258f",
+         "MD5" : "b1946ac92492d2347c6235b4d2611184",
-    "MD5" : "b1946ac92492d2347c6235b4d2611184",
+         "DropboxHash" : "ecb65bb98f9d905b70458986c39fcbad7715e5f2fcc3b1f07767d7c83e2438cc"
-    "DropboxHash" : "ecb65bb98f9d905b70458986c39fcbad7715e5f2fcc3b1f07767d7c83e2438cc"
+      },
-  },
+      "ID": "y2djkhiujf83u33",
-  "ID": "y2djkhiujf83u33",
+      "OrigID": "UYOJVTUW00Q1RzTDA",
-  "OrigID": "UYOJVTUW00Q1RzTDA",
+      "IsBucket" : false,
-  "IsBucket" : false,
+      "IsDir" : false,
-  "IsDir" : false,
+      "MimeType" : "application/octet-stream",
-  "MimeType" : "application/octet-stream",
+      "ModTime" : "2017-05-31T16:15:57.034468261+01:00",
-  "ModTime" : "2017-05-31T16:15:57.034468261+01:00",
+      "Name" : "file.txt",
-  "Name" : "file.txt",
+      "Encrypted" : "v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338",
-  "Encrypted" : "v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338",
+      "EncryptedPath" : "kja9098349023498/v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338",
-  "EncryptedPath" : "kja9098349023498/v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338",
+      "Path" : "full/path/goes/here/file.txt",
-  "Path" : "full/path/goes/here/file.txt",
+      "Size" : 6,
-  "Size" : 6,
+      "Tier" : "hot",
-  "Tier" : "hot",
+    }
-}
-```
 
 The exact set of properties included depends on the backend:
 
@@ -96,11 +94,11 @@ Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
 
 There are several related list commands
 
-- `ls` to list size and path of objects only
+  * `ls` to list size and path of objects only
-- `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
+  * `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
-- `lsd` to list directories only
+  * `lsd` to list directories only
-- `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
+  * `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
-- `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
+  * `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
 
 `ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human-readable.
 `lsf` is designed to be human and machine-readable.
@@ -108,13 +106,13 @@ There are several related list commands
 
 Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use `--max-depth 1` to stop the recursion.
 
-The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default -
+The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use `-R` to make them recurse.
-use `-R` to make them recurse.
 
 Listing a nonexistent directory will produce an error except for
 remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs -
 the bucket-based remotes).
 
+
 ```
 rclone lsjson remote:path [flags]
 ```
@@ -143,7 +141,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -173,17 +171,12 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 Flags for listing directories
 
-```text
+```
       --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
       --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
 ```
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_lsl.md

@@ -13,25 +13,24 @@ List the objects in path with modification time, size and path.
 Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human
 readable format with modification time, size and path. Recurses by default.
 
-E.g.
+Eg
+
+    $ rclone lsl swift:bucket
+        60295 2016-06-25 18:55:41.062626927 bevajer5jef
+        90613 2016-06-25 18:55:43.302607074 canole
+        94467 2016-06-25 18:55:43.046609333 diwogej7
+        37600 2016-06-25 18:55:40.814629136 fubuwic
 
-```console
-$ rclone lsl swift:bucket
-    60295 2016-06-25 18:55:41.062626927 bevajer5jef
-    90613 2016-06-25 18:55:43.302607074 canole
-    94467 2016-06-25 18:55:43.046609333 diwogej7
-    37600 2016-06-25 18:55:40.814629136 fubuwic
-```
 
 Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
 
 There are several related list commands
 
-- `ls` to list size and path of objects only
+  * `ls` to list size and path of objects only
-- `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
+  * `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
-- `lsd` to list directories only
+  * `lsd` to list directories only
-- `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
+  * `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
-- `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
+  * `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
 
 `ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human-readable.
 `lsf` is designed to be human and machine-readable.
@@ -39,13 +38,13 @@ There are several related list commands
 
 Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use `--max-depth 1` to stop the recursion.
 
-The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default -
+The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use `-R` to make them recurse.
-use `-R` to make them recurse.
 
 Listing a nonexistent directory will produce an error except for
 remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs -
 the bucket-based remotes).
 
+
 ```
 rclone lsl remote:path [flags]
 ```
@@ -63,7 +62,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -93,17 +92,12 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 Flags for listing directories
 
-```text
+```
       --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
       --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
 ```
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_md5sum.md

@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ by not passing a remote:path, or by passing a hyphen as remote:path
 when there is data to read (if not, the hyphen will be treated literally,
 as a relative path).
 
+
 ```
 rclone md5sum remote:path [flags]
 ```
@@ -48,7 +49,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -78,17 +79,12 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 Flags for listing directories
 
-```text
+```
       --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
       --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
 ```
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_mkdir.md

@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Important flags useful for most commands
 
-```text
+```
   -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
   -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
   -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
@@ -32,10 +32,5 @@ Important flags useful for most commands
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_mount.md

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Mount the remote as file system on a mountpoint.
 Rclone mount allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to
 mount any of Rclone's cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
 
-First set up your remote using `rclone config`. Check it works with `rclone ls` etc.
+First set up your remote using `rclone config`.  Check it works with `rclone ls` etc.
 
 On Linux and macOS, you can run mount in either foreground or background (aka
 daemon) mode. Mount runs in foreground mode by default. Use the `--daemon` flag
@@ -28,9 +28,7 @@ mount, waits until success or timeout and exits with appropriate code
 On Linux/macOS/FreeBSD start the mount like this, where `/path/to/local/mount`
 is an **empty** **existing** directory:
 
-```console
+    rclone mount remote:path/to/files /path/to/local/mount
-rclone mount remote:path/to/files /path/to/local/mount
-```
 
 On Windows you can start a mount in different ways. See [below](#mounting-modes-on-windows)
 for details. If foreground mount is used interactively from a console window,
@@ -40,30 +38,26 @@ used to work with the mount until rclone is interrupted e.g. by pressing Ctrl-C.
 The following examples will mount to an automatically assigned drive,
 to specific drive letter `X:`, to path `C:\path\parent\mount`
 (where parent directory or drive must exist, and mount must **not** exist,
-and is not supported when [mounting as a network drive](#mounting-modes-on-windows)),
+and is not supported when [mounting as a network drive](#mounting-modes-on-windows)), and
-and the last example will mount as network share `\\cloud\remote` and map it to an
+the last example will mount as network share `\\cloud\remote` and map it to an
 automatically assigned drive:
 
-```console
+    rclone mount remote:path/to/files *
-rclone mount remote:path/to/files *
+    rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:
-rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:
+    rclone mount remote:path/to/files C:\path\parent\mount
-rclone mount remote:path/to/files C:\path\parent\mount
+    rclone mount remote:path/to/files \\cloud\remote
-rclone mount remote:path/to/files \\cloud\remote
-```
 
 When the program ends while in foreground mode, either via Ctrl+C or receiving
 a SIGINT or SIGTERM signal, the mount should be automatically stopped.
 
 When running in background mode the user will have to stop the mount manually:
 
-```console
+    # Linux
-# Linux
+    fusermount -u /path/to/local/mount
-fusermount -u /path/to/local/mount
+    #... or on some systems
-#... or on some systems
+    fusermount3 -u /path/to/local/mount
-fusermount3 -u /path/to/local/mount
+    # OS X or Linux when using nfsmount
-# OS X or Linux when using nfsmount
+    umount /path/to/local/mount
-umount /path/to/local/mount
-```
 
 The umount operation can fail, for example when the mountpoint is busy.
 When that happens, it is the user's responsibility to stop the mount manually.
@@ -77,7 +71,7 @@ at all, then 1 PiB is set as both the total and the free size.
 
 ## Installing on Windows
 
-To run `rclone mount on Windows`, you will need to
+To run rclone mount on Windows, you will need to
 download and install [WinFsp](http://www.secfs.net/winfsp/).
 
 [WinFsp](https://github.com/winfsp/winfsp) is an open-source
@@ -98,22 +92,20 @@ thumbnails for image and video files on network drives.
 
 In most cases, rclone will mount the remote as a normal, fixed disk drive by default.
 However, you can also choose to mount it as a remote network drive, often described
-as a network share. If you mount an rclone remote using the default, fixed drive
+as a network share. If you mount an rclone remote using the default, fixed drive mode
-mode and experience unexpected program errors, freezes or other issues, consider
+and experience unexpected program errors, freezes or other issues, consider mounting
-mounting as a network drive instead.
+as a network drive instead.
 
 When mounting as a fixed disk drive you can either mount to an unused drive letter,
 or to a path representing a **nonexistent** subdirectory of an **existing** parent
 directory or drive. Using the special value `*` will tell rclone to
-automatically assign the next available drive letter, starting with Z: and moving
+automatically assign the next available drive letter, starting with Z: and moving backward.
-backward. Examples:
+Examples:
 
-```console
+    rclone mount remote:path/to/files *
-rclone mount remote:path/to/files *
+    rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:
-rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:
+    rclone mount remote:path/to/files C:\path\parent\mount
-rclone mount remote:path/to/files C:\path\parent\mount
+    rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:
-rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:
-```
 
 Option `--volname` can be used to set a custom volume name for the mounted
 file system. The default is to use the remote name and path.
@@ -123,28 +115,24 @@ to your mount command. Mounting to a directory path is not supported in
 this mode, it is a limitation Windows imposes on junctions, so the remote must always
 be mounted to a drive letter.
 
-```console
+    rclone mount remote:path/to/files X: --network-mode
-rclone mount remote:path/to/files X: --network-mode
-```
 
-A volume name specified with `--volname` will be used to create the network share
+A volume name specified with `--volname` will be used to create the network share path.
-path. A complete UNC path, such as `\\cloud\remote`, optionally with path
+A complete UNC path, such as `\\cloud\remote`, optionally with path
 `\\cloud\remote\madeup\path`, will be used as is. Any other
 string will be used as the share part, after a default prefix `\\server\`.
 If no volume name is specified then `\\server\share` will be used.
-You must make sure the volume name is unique when you are mounting more than one
+You must make sure the volume name is unique when you are mounting more than one drive,
-drive, or else the mount command will fail. The share name will treated as the
+or else the mount command will fail. The share name will treated as the volume label for
-volume label for the mapped drive, shown in Windows Explorer etc, while the complete
+the mapped drive, shown in Windows Explorer etc, while the complete
 `\\server\share` will be reported as the remote UNC path by
 `net use` etc, just like a normal network drive mapping.
 
 If you specify a full network share UNC path with `--volname`, this will implicitly
 set the `--network-mode` option, so the following two examples have same result:
 
-```console
+    rclone mount remote:path/to/files X: --network-mode
-rclone mount remote:path/to/files X: --network-mode
+    rclone mount remote:path/to/files X: --volname \\server\share
-rclone mount remote:path/to/files X: --volname \\server\share
-```
 
 You may also specify the network share UNC path as the mountpoint itself. Then rclone
 will automatically assign a drive letter, same as with `*` and use that as
@@ -152,16 +140,15 @@ mountpoint, and instead use the UNC path specified as the volume name, as if it
 specified with the `--volname` option. This will also implicitly set
 the `--network-mode` option. This means the following two examples have same result:
 
-```console
+    rclone mount remote:path/to/files \\cloud\remote
-rclone mount remote:path/to/files \\cloud\remote
+    rclone mount remote:path/to/files * --volname \\cloud\remote
-rclone mount remote:path/to/files * --volname \\cloud\remote
-```
 
 There is yet another way to enable network mode, and to set the share path,
 and that is to pass the "native" libfuse/WinFsp option directly:
 `--fuse-flag --VolumePrefix=\server\share`. Note that the path
 must be with just a single backslash prefix in this case.
 
+
 *Note:* In previous versions of rclone this was the only supported method.
 
 [Read more about drive mapping](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drive_mapping)
@@ -174,11 +161,11 @@ The FUSE emulation layer on Windows must convert between the POSIX-based
 permission model used in FUSE, and the permission model used in Windows,
 based on access-control lists (ACL).
 
-The mounted filesystem will normally get three entries in its access-control list
+The mounted filesystem will normally get three entries in its access-control list (ACL),
-(ACL), representing permissions for the POSIX permission scopes: Owner, group and
+representing permissions for the POSIX permission scopes: Owner, group and others.
-others. By default, the owner and group will be taken from the current user, and
+By default, the owner and group will be taken from the current user, and the built-in
-the built-in group "Everyone" will be used to represent others. The user/group can
+group "Everyone" will be used to represent others. The user/group can be customized
-be customized with FUSE options "UserName" and "GroupName",
+with FUSE options "UserName" and "GroupName",
 e.g. `-o UserName=user123 -o GroupName="Authenticated Users"`.
 The permissions on each entry will be set according to [options](#options)
 `--dir-perms` and `--file-perms`, which takes a value in traditional Unix
@@ -278,74 +265,58 @@ does not suffer from the same limitations.
 
 ## Mounting on macOS
 
-Mounting on macOS can be done either via [built-in NFS server](/commands/rclone_serve_nfs/),
+Mounting on macOS can be done either via [built-in NFS server](/commands/rclone_serve_nfs/), [macFUSE](https://osxfuse.github.io/) 
-[macFUSE](https://osxfuse.github.io/) (also known as osxfuse) or
+(also known as osxfuse) or [FUSE-T](https://www.fuse-t.org/). macFUSE is a traditional
-[FUSE-T](https://www.fuse-t.org/).macFUSE is a traditional FUSE driver utilizing
+FUSE driver utilizing a macOS kernel extension (kext). FUSE-T is an alternative FUSE system
-a macOS kernel extension (kext). FUSE-T is an alternative FUSE system which
+which "mounts" via an NFSv4 local server.
-"mounts" via an NFSv4 local server.
 
-### Unicode Normalization
+#### Unicode Normalization
 
 It is highly recommended to keep the default of `--no-unicode-normalization=false`
 for all `mount` and `serve` commands on macOS. For details, see [vfs-case-sensitivity](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/#vfs-case-sensitivity).
 
 ### NFS mount
 
-This method spins up an NFS server using [serve nfs](/commands/rclone_serve_nfs/)
+This method spins up an NFS server using [serve nfs](/commands/rclone_serve_nfs/) command and mounts
-command and mounts it to the specified mountpoint. If you run this in background
+it to the specified mountpoint. If you run this in background mode using |--daemon|, you will need to
-mode using |--daemon|, you will need to send SIGTERM signal to the rclone process
+send SIGTERM signal to the rclone process using |kill| command to stop the mount.
-using |kill| command to stop the mount.
 
-Note that `--nfs-cache-handle-limit` controls the maximum number of cached file
+Note that `--nfs-cache-handle-limit` controls the maximum number of cached file handles stored by the `nfsmount` caching handler.
-handles stored by the `nfsmount` caching handler. This should not be set too low
+This should not be set too low or you may experience errors when trying to access files. The default is 1000000,
-or you may experience errors when trying to access files. The default is 1000000,
 but consider lowering this limit if the server's system resource usage causes problems.
 
 ### macFUSE Notes
 
-If installing macFUSE using [dmg packages](https://github.com/osxfuse/osxfuse/releases)
+If installing macFUSE using [dmg packages](https://github.com/osxfuse/osxfuse/releases) from
-from the website, rclone will locate the macFUSE libraries without any further intervention.
+the website, rclone will locate the macFUSE libraries without any further intervention.
-If however, macFUSE is installed using the [macports](https://www.macports.org/)
+If however, macFUSE is installed using the [macports](https://www.macports.org/) package manager,
-package manager, the following addition steps are required.
+the following addition steps are required.
 
-```console
+    sudo mkdir /usr/local/lib
-sudo mkdir /usr/local/lib
+    cd /usr/local/lib
-cd /usr/local/lib
+    sudo ln -s /opt/local/lib/libfuse.2.dylib
-sudo ln -s /opt/local/lib/libfuse.2.dylib
-```
 
 ### FUSE-T Limitations, Caveats, and Notes
 
-There are some limitations, caveats, and notes about how it works. These are
+There are some limitations, caveats, and notes about how it works. These are current as 
-current as  of FUSE-T version 1.0.14.
+of FUSE-T version 1.0.14.
 
 #### ModTime update on read
 
 As per the [FUSE-T wiki](https://github.com/macos-fuse-t/fuse-t/wiki#caveats):
 
-> File access and modification times cannot be set separately as it seems to be an
+> File access and modification times cannot be set separately as it seems to be an 
-> issue with the NFS client which always modifies both. Can be reproduced with
+> issue with the NFS client which always modifies both. Can be reproduced with 
 > 'touch -m' and 'touch -a' commands
 
-This means that viewing files with various tools, notably macOS Finder, will cause
+This means that viewing files with various tools, notably macOS Finder, will cause rlcone
-rlcone to update the modification time of the file. This may make rclone upload a
+to update the modification time of the file. This may make rclone upload a full new copy
-full new copy of the file.
+of the file.
-
+    
 #### Read Only mounts
 
-When mounting with `--read-only`, attempts to write to files will fail *silently*
+When mounting with `--read-only`, attempts to write to files will fail *silently* as
-as opposed to with a clear warning as in macFUSE.
+opposed to with a clear warning as in macFUSE.
-
-# Mounting on Linux
-
-On newer versions of Ubuntu, you may encounter the following error when running
-`rclone mount`:
-
-> NOTICE: mount helper error: fusermount3: mount failed: Permission denied
-> CRITICAL: Fatal error: failed to mount FUSE fs: fusermount: exit status 1
-This may be due to newer [Apparmor](https://wiki.ubuntu.com/AppArmor) restrictions,
-which can be disabled with `sudo aa-disable /usr/bin/fusermount3` (you may need to
-`sudo apt install apparmor-utils` beforehand).
 
 ## Limitations
 
@@ -446,14 +417,12 @@ helper you should symlink rclone binary to `/sbin/mount.rclone` and optionally
 rclone will detect it and translate command-line arguments appropriately.
 
 Now you can run classic mounts like this:
-
+```
-```console
 mount sftp1:subdir /mnt/data -t rclone -o vfs_cache_mode=writes,sftp_key_file=/path/to/pem
 ```
 
 or create systemd mount units:
-
+```
-```ini
 # /etc/systemd/system/mnt-data.mount
 [Unit]
 Description=Mount for /mnt/data
@@ -465,8 +434,7 @@ Options=rw,_netdev,allow_other,args2env,vfs-cache-mode=writes,config=/etc/rclone
 ```
 
 optionally accompanied by systemd automount unit
-
+```
-```ini
 # /etc/systemd/system/mnt-data.automount
 [Unit]
 Description=AutoMount for /mnt/data
@@ -478,8 +446,7 @@ WantedBy=multi-user.target
 ```
 
 or add in `/etc/fstab` a line like
-
+```
-```console
 sftp1:subdir /mnt/data rclone rw,noauto,nofail,_netdev,x-systemd.automount,args2env,vfs_cache_mode=writes,config=/etc/rclone.conf,cache_dir=/var/cache/rclone 0 0
 ```
 
@@ -528,10 +495,8 @@ directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
 backend. Changes made through the VFS will appear immediately or
 invalidate the cache.
 
-```text
     --dir-cache-time duration   Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
     --poll-interval duration    Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable (default 1m0s)
-```
 
 However, changes made directly on the cloud storage by the web
 interface or a different copy of rclone will only be picked up once
@@ -543,22 +508,16 @@ You can send a `SIGHUP` signal to rclone for it to flush all
 directory caches, regardless of how old they are.  Assuming only one
 rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:
 
-```console
+    kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
-kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
-```
 
 If you configure rclone with a [remote control](/rc) then you can use
 rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
 
-```console
+    rclone rc vfs/forget
-rclone rc vfs/forget
-```
 
 Or individual files or directories:
 
-```console
+    rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
-rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
-```
 
 ## VFS File Buffering
 
@@ -589,7 +548,6 @@ write simultaneously to a file.  See below for more details.
 Note that the VFS cache is separate from the cache backend and you may
 find that you need one or the other or both.
 
-```text
     --cache-dir string                     Directory rclone will use for caching.
     --vfs-cache-mode CacheMode             Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
     --vfs-cache-max-age duration           Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
@@ -597,7 +555,6 @@ find that you need one or the other or both.
     --vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix  Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
     --vfs-cache-poll-interval duration     Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
     --vfs-write-back duration              Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
-```
 
 If run with `-vv` rclone will print the location of the file cache.  The
 files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but
@@ -645,13 +602,13 @@ directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
 
 This will mean some operations are not possible
 
-- Files can't be opened for both read AND write
+  * Files can't be opened for both read AND write
-- Files opened for write can't be seeked
+  * Files opened for write can't be seeked
-- Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
+  * Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
-- Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
+  * Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
-- Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
+  * Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
-- Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
+  * Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
-- If an upload fails it can't be retried
+  * If an upload fails it can't be retried
 
 ### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
 
@@ -661,10 +618,10 @@ write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
 
 These operations are not possible
 
-- Files opened for write only can't be seeked
+  * Files opened for write only can't be seeked
-- Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
+  * Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
-- Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
+  * Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
-- If an upload fails it can't be retried
+  * If an upload fails it can't be retried
 
 ### --vfs-cache-mode writes
 
@@ -747,11 +704,9 @@ read, at the cost of an increased number of requests.
 
 These flags control the chunking:
 
-```text
     --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix        Read the source objects in chunks (default 128M)
     --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix  Max chunk doubling size (default off)
     --vfs-read-chunk-streams int            The number of parallel streams to read at once
-```
 
 The chunking behaves differently depending on the `--vfs-read-chunk-streams` parameter.
 
@@ -765,9 +720,9 @@ value is "off", which is the default, the limit is disabled and the chunk size
 will grow indefinitely.
 
 With `--vfs-read-chunk-size 100M` and `--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0`
-the following parts will be downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M
+the following parts will be downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on.
-and so on. When `--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M` is specified, the result would
+When `--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M` is specified, the result would be
-be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so on.
+0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so on.
 
 Setting `--vfs-read-chunk-size` to `0` or "off" disables chunked reading.
 
@@ -805,41 +760,32 @@ In particular S3 and Swift benefit hugely from the `--no-modtime` flag
 (or use `--use-server-modtime` for a slightly different effect) as each
 read of the modification time takes a transaction.
 
-```text
     --no-checksum     Don't compare checksums on up/download.
     --no-modtime      Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
     --no-seek         Don't allow seeking in files.
     --read-only       Only allow read-only access.
-```
 
 Sometimes rclone is delivered reads or writes out of order. Rather
 than seeking rclone will wait a short time for the in sequence read or
 write to come in. These flags only come into effect when not using an
 on disk cache file.
 
-```text
     --vfs-read-wait duration   Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
     --vfs-write-wait duration  Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
-```
 
 When using VFS write caching (`--vfs-cache-mode` with value writes or full),
-the global flag `--transfers` can be set to adjust the number of parallel uploads
+the global flag `--transfers` can be set to adjust the number of parallel uploads of
-of modified files from the cache (the related global flag `--checkers` has no
+modified files from the cache (the related global flag `--checkers` has no effect on the VFS).
-effect on the VFS).
 
-```text
     --transfers int  Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
-```
 
 ## Symlinks
 
 By default the VFS does not support symlinks. However this may be
 enabled with either of the following flags:
 
-```text
     --links      Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension.
     --vfs-links  Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension for the VFS
-```
 
 As most cloud storage systems do not support symlinks directly, rclone
 stores the symlink as a normal file with a special extension. So a
@@ -851,8 +797,7 @@ Note that `--links` enables symlink translation globally in rclone -
 this includes any backend which supports the concept (for example the
 local backend). `--vfs-links` just enables it for the VFS layer.
 
-This scheme is compatible with that used by the
+This scheme is compatible with that used by the [local backend with the --local-links flag](/local/#symlinks-junction-points).
-[local backend with the --local-links flag](/local/#symlinks-junction-points).
 
 The `--vfs-links` flag has been designed for `rclone mount`, `rclone
 nfsmount` and `rclone serve nfs`.
@@ -862,7 +807,7 @@ It hasn't been tested with the other `rclone serve` commands yet.
 A limitation of the current implementation is that it expects the
 caller to resolve sub-symlinks. For example given this directory tree
 
-```text
+```
 .
 ├── dir
 │   └── file.txt
@@ -940,9 +885,7 @@ sync`.
 This flag allows you to manually set the statistics about the filing system.
 It can be useful when those statistics cannot be read correctly automatically.
 
-```text
     --vfs-disk-space-total-size    Manually set the total disk space size (example: 256G, default: -1)
-```
 
 ## Alternate report of used bytes
 
@@ -953,7 +896,7 @@ With this flag set, instead of relying on the backend to report this
 information, rclone will scan the whole remote similar to `rclone size`
 and compute the total used space itself.
 
-**WARNING**: Contrary to `rclone size`, this flag ignores filters so that the
+_WARNING._ Contrary to `rclone size`, this flag ignores filters so that the
 result is accurate. However, this is very inefficient and may cost lots of API
 calls resulting in extra charges. Use it as a last resort and only with caching.
 
@@ -971,7 +914,7 @@ Note that some backends won't create metadata unless you pass in the
 For example, using `rclone mount` with `--metadata --vfs-metadata-extension .metadata`
 we get
 
-```console
+```
 $ ls -l /mnt/
 total 1048577
 -rw-rw-r-- 1 user user 1073741824 Mar  3 16:03 1G
@@ -996,6 +939,8 @@ If the file has no metadata it will be returned as `{}` and if there
 is an error reading the metadata the error will be returned as
 `{"error":"error string"}`.
 
+
+
 ```
 rclone mount remote:path /path/to/mountpoint [flags]
 ```
@@ -1066,7 +1011,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -1094,10 +1039,5 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_move.md

@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ the backend supports it. If metadata syncing is required then use the
 `--metadata` flag.
 
 Note that the modification time and metadata for the root directory
-will **not** be synced. See <https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/7652>
+will **not** be synced. See https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/7652
 for more info.
 
 **Important**: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the
@@ -48,13 +48,12 @@ for more info.
 
 **Note**: Use the `-P`/`--progress` flag to view real-time transfer statistics.
 
-## Logger Flags
+# Logger Flags
 
-The `--differ`, `--missing-on-dst`, `--missing-on-src`, `--match` and `--error`
+The `--differ`, `--missing-on-dst`, `--missing-on-src`, `--match` and `--error` flags write paths,
-flags write paths, one per line, to the file name (or stdout if it is `-`)
+one per line, to the file name (or stdout if it is `-`) supplied. What they write is described
-supplied. What they write is described in the help below. For example
+in the help below. For example `--differ` will write all paths which are present
-`--differ` will write all paths which are present on both the source and
+on both the source and destination but different.
-destination but different.
 
 The `--combined` flag will write a file (or stdout) which contains all
 file paths with a symbol and then a space and then the path to tell
@@ -87,7 +86,9 @@ are not currently supported:
 
 Note also that each file is logged during execution, as opposed to after, so it
 is most useful as a predictor of what SHOULD happen to each file
-(which may or may not match what actually DID).
+(which may or may not match what actually DID.)
+
+
 
 ```
 rclone move source:path dest:path [flags]
@@ -114,7 +115,7 @@ rclone move source:path dest:path [flags]
       --missing-on-dst string   Report all files missing from the destination to this file
       --missing-on-src string   Report all files missing from the source to this file
   -s, --separator string        Separator for the items in the format (default ";")
-  -t, --timeformat string       Specify a custom time format - see docs for details (default: 2006-01-02 15:04:05)
+  -t, --timeformat string       Specify a custom time format, or 'max' for max precision supported by remote (default: 2006-01-02 15:04:05)
 ```
 
 Options shared with other commands are described next.
@@ -124,7 +125,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags for anything which can copy a file
 
-```text
+```
       --check-first                                 Do all the checks before starting transfers
   -c, --checksum                                    Check for changes with size & checksum (if available, or fallback to size only)
       --compare-dest stringArray                    Include additional server-side paths during comparison
@@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ Flags for anything which can copy a file
 
 Important flags useful for most commands
 
-```text
+```
   -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
   -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
   -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
@@ -175,7 +176,7 @@ Important flags useful for most commands
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -205,17 +206,12 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 Flags for listing directories
 
-```text
+```
       --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
       --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
 ```
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_moveto.md

@@ -19,22 +19,18 @@ like the [move](/commands/rclone_move/) command.
 
 So
 
-```console
+    rclone moveto src dst
-rclone moveto src dst
-```
 
 where src and dst are rclone paths, either remote:path or
 /path/to/local or C:\windows\path\if\on\windows.
 
 This will:
 
-```text
+    if src is file
-if src is file
+        move it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists
-    move it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists
+    if src is directory
-if src is directory
+        move it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist
-    move it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist
+        see move command for full details
-    see move command for full details
-```
 
 This doesn't transfer files that are identical on src and dst, testing
 by size and modification time or MD5SUM.  src will be deleted on
@@ -45,13 +41,12 @@ successful transfer.
 
 **Note**: Use the `-P`/`--progress` flag to view real-time transfer statistics.
 
-## Logger Flags
+# Logger Flags
 
-The `--differ`, `--missing-on-dst`, `--missing-on-src`, `--match` and `--error`
+The `--differ`, `--missing-on-dst`, `--missing-on-src`, `--match` and `--error` flags write paths,
-flags write paths, one per line, to the file name (or stdout if it is `-`)
+one per line, to the file name (or stdout if it is `-`) supplied. What they write is described
-supplied. What they write is described in the help below. For example
+in the help below. For example `--differ` will write all paths which are present
-`--differ` will write all paths which are present on both the source and
+on both the source and destination but different.
-destination but different.
 
 The `--combined` flag will write a file (or stdout) which contains all
 file paths with a symbol and then a space and then the path to tell
@@ -84,7 +79,9 @@ are not currently supported:
 
 Note also that each file is logged during execution, as opposed to after, so it
 is most useful as a predictor of what SHOULD happen to each file
-(which may or may not match what actually DID).
+(which may or may not match what actually DID.)
+
+
 
 ```
 rclone moveto source:path dest:path [flags]
@@ -109,7 +106,7 @@ rclone moveto source:path dest:path [flags]
       --missing-on-dst string   Report all files missing from the destination to this file
       --missing-on-src string   Report all files missing from the source to this file
   -s, --separator string        Separator for the items in the format (default ";")
-  -t, --timeformat string       Specify a custom time format - see docs for details (default: 2006-01-02 15:04:05)
+  -t, --timeformat string       Specify a custom time format, or 'max' for max precision supported by remote (default: 2006-01-02 15:04:05)
 ```
 
 Options shared with other commands are described next.
@@ -119,7 +116,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags for anything which can copy a file
 
-```text
+```
       --check-first                                 Do all the checks before starting transfers
   -c, --checksum                                    Check for changes with size & checksum (if available, or fallback to size only)
       --compare-dest stringArray                    Include additional server-side paths during comparison
@@ -160,7 +157,7 @@ Flags for anything which can copy a file
 
 Important flags useful for most commands
 
-```text
+```
   -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
   -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
   -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
@@ -170,7 +167,7 @@ Important flags useful for most commands
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -200,17 +197,12 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 Flags for listing directories
 
-```text
+```
       --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
       --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
 ```
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_ncdu.md

@@ -24,45 +24,41 @@ structure as it goes along.
 You can interact with the user interface using key presses,
 press '?' to toggle the help on and off. The supported keys are:
 
-```text
+     ↑,↓ or k,j to Move
- ↑,↓ or k,j to Move
+     →,l to enter
- →,l to enter
+     ←,h to return
- ←,h to return
+     g toggle graph
- g toggle graph
+     c toggle counts
- c toggle counts
+     a toggle average size in directory
- a toggle average size in directory
+     m toggle modified time
- m toggle modified time
+     u toggle human-readable format
- u toggle human-readable format
+     n,s,C,A,M sort by name,size,count,asize,mtime
- n,s,C,A,M sort by name,size,count,asize,mtime
+     d delete file/directory
- d delete file/directory
+     v select file/directory
- v select file/directory
+     V enter visual select mode
- V enter visual select mode
+     D delete selected files/directories
- D delete selected files/directories
+     y copy current path to clipboard
- y copy current path to clipboard
+     Y display current path
- Y display current path
+     ^L refresh screen (fix screen corruption)
- ^L refresh screen (fix screen corruption)
+     r recalculate file sizes
- r recalculate file sizes
+     ? to toggle help on and off
- ? to toggle help on and off
+     ESC to close the menu box
- ESC to close the menu box
+     q/^c to quit
- q/^c to quit
-```
 
 Listed files/directories may be prefixed by a one-character flag,
 some of them combined with a description in brackets at end of line.
 These flags have the following meaning:
 
-```text
+    e means this is an empty directory, i.e. contains no files (but
-e means this is an empty directory, i.e. contains no files (but
+      may contain empty subdirectories)
-  may contain empty subdirectories)
+    ~ means this is a directory where some of the files (possibly in
-~ means this is a directory where some of the files (possibly in
+      subdirectories) have unknown size, and therefore the directory
-  subdirectories) have unknown size, and therefore the directory
+      size may be underestimated (and average size inaccurate, as it
-  size may be underestimated (and average size inaccurate, as it
+      is average of the files with known sizes).
-  is average of the files with known sizes).
+    . means an error occurred while reading a subdirectory, and
-. means an error occurred while reading a subdirectory, and
+      therefore the directory size may be underestimated (and average
-  therefore the directory size may be underestimated (and average
+      size inaccurate)
-  size inaccurate)
+    ! means an error occurred while reading this directory
-! means an error occurred while reading this directory
-```
 
 This an homage to the [ncdu tool](https://dev.yorhel.nl/ncdu) but for
 rclone remotes.  It is missing lots of features at the moment
@@ -75,6 +71,7 @@ For a non-interactive listing of the remote, see the
 [tree](/commands/rclone_tree/) command. To just get the total size of
 the remote you can also use the [size](/commands/rclone_size/) command.
 
+
 ```
 rclone ncdu remote:path [flags]
 ```
@@ -92,7 +89,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -122,17 +119,12 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 Flags for listing directories
 
-```text
+```
       --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
       --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
 ```
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_nfsmount.md

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Mount the remote as file system on a mountpoint.
 Rclone nfsmount allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to
 mount any of Rclone's cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
 
-First set up your remote using `rclone config`. Check it works with `rclone ls` etc.
+First set up your remote using `rclone config`.  Check it works with `rclone ls` etc.
 
 On Linux and macOS, you can run mount in either foreground or background (aka
 daemon) mode. Mount runs in foreground mode by default. Use the `--daemon` flag
@@ -29,9 +29,7 @@ mount, waits until success or timeout and exits with appropriate code
 On Linux/macOS/FreeBSD start the mount like this, where `/path/to/local/mount`
 is an **empty** **existing** directory:
 
-```console
+    rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files /path/to/local/mount
-rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files /path/to/local/mount
-```
 
 On Windows you can start a mount in different ways. See [below](#mounting-modes-on-windows)
 for details. If foreground mount is used interactively from a console window,
@@ -41,30 +39,26 @@ used to work with the mount until rclone is interrupted e.g. by pressing Ctrl-C.
 The following examples will mount to an automatically assigned drive,
 to specific drive letter `X:`, to path `C:\path\parent\mount`
 (where parent directory or drive must exist, and mount must **not** exist,
-and is not supported when [mounting as a network drive](#mounting-modes-on-windows)),
+and is not supported when [mounting as a network drive](#mounting-modes-on-windows)), and
-and the last example will mount as network share `\\cloud\remote` and map it to an
+the last example will mount as network share `\\cloud\remote` and map it to an
 automatically assigned drive:
 
-```console
+    rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files *
-rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files *
+    rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files X:
-rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files X:
+    rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files C:\path\parent\mount
-rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files C:\path\parent\mount
+    rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files \\cloud\remote
-rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files \\cloud\remote
-```
 
 When the program ends while in foreground mode, either via Ctrl+C or receiving
 a SIGINT or SIGTERM signal, the mount should be automatically stopped.
 
 When running in background mode the user will have to stop the mount manually:
 
-```console
+    # Linux
-# Linux
+    fusermount -u /path/to/local/mount
-fusermount -u /path/to/local/mount
+    #... or on some systems
-#... or on some systems
+    fusermount3 -u /path/to/local/mount
-fusermount3 -u /path/to/local/mount
+    # OS X or Linux when using nfsmount
-# OS X or Linux when using nfsmount
+    umount /path/to/local/mount
-umount /path/to/local/mount
-```
 
 The umount operation can fail, for example when the mountpoint is busy.
 When that happens, it is the user's responsibility to stop the mount manually.
@@ -78,7 +72,7 @@ at all, then 1 PiB is set as both the total and the free size.
 
 ## Installing on Windows
 
-To run `rclone nfsmount on Windows`, you will need to
+To run rclone nfsmount on Windows, you will need to
 download and install [WinFsp](http://www.secfs.net/winfsp/).
 
 [WinFsp](https://github.com/winfsp/winfsp) is an open-source
@@ -99,22 +93,20 @@ thumbnails for image and video files on network drives.
 
 In most cases, rclone will mount the remote as a normal, fixed disk drive by default.
 However, you can also choose to mount it as a remote network drive, often described
-as a network share. If you mount an rclone remote using the default, fixed drive
+as a network share. If you mount an rclone remote using the default, fixed drive mode
-mode and experience unexpected program errors, freezes or other issues, consider
+and experience unexpected program errors, freezes or other issues, consider mounting
-mounting as a network drive instead.
+as a network drive instead.
 
 When mounting as a fixed disk drive you can either mount to an unused drive letter,
 or to a path representing a **nonexistent** subdirectory of an **existing** parent
 directory or drive. Using the special value `*` will tell rclone to
-automatically assign the next available drive letter, starting with Z: and moving
+automatically assign the next available drive letter, starting with Z: and moving backward.
-backward. Examples:
+Examples:
 
-```console
+    rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files *
-rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files *
+    rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files X:
-rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files X:
+    rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files C:\path\parent\mount
-rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files C:\path\parent\mount
+    rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files X:
-rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files X:
-```
 
 Option `--volname` can be used to set a custom volume name for the mounted
 file system. The default is to use the remote name and path.
@@ -124,28 +116,24 @@ to your nfsmount command. Mounting to a directory path is not supported in
 this mode, it is a limitation Windows imposes on junctions, so the remote must always
 be mounted to a drive letter.
 
-```console
+    rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files X: --network-mode
-rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files X: --network-mode
-```
 
-A volume name specified with `--volname` will be used to create the network share
+A volume name specified with `--volname` will be used to create the network share path.
-path. A complete UNC path, such as `\\cloud\remote`, optionally with path
+A complete UNC path, such as `\\cloud\remote`, optionally with path
 `\\cloud\remote\madeup\path`, will be used as is. Any other
 string will be used as the share part, after a default prefix `\\server\`.
 If no volume name is specified then `\\server\share` will be used.
-You must make sure the volume name is unique when you are mounting more than one
+You must make sure the volume name is unique when you are mounting more than one drive,
-drive, or else the mount command will fail. The share name will treated as the
+or else the mount command will fail. The share name will treated as the volume label for
-volume label for the mapped drive, shown in Windows Explorer etc, while the complete
+the mapped drive, shown in Windows Explorer etc, while the complete
 `\\server\share` will be reported as the remote UNC path by
 `net use` etc, just like a normal network drive mapping.
 
 If you specify a full network share UNC path with `--volname`, this will implicitly
 set the `--network-mode` option, so the following two examples have same result:
 
-```console
+    rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files X: --network-mode
-rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files X: --network-mode
+    rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files X: --volname \\server\share
-rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files X: --volname \\server\share
-```
 
 You may also specify the network share UNC path as the mountpoint itself. Then rclone
 will automatically assign a drive letter, same as with `*` and use that as
@@ -153,16 +141,15 @@ mountpoint, and instead use the UNC path specified as the volume name, as if it
 specified with the `--volname` option. This will also implicitly set
 the `--network-mode` option. This means the following two examples have same result:
 
-```console
+    rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files \\cloud\remote
-rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files \\cloud\remote
+    rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files * --volname \\cloud\remote
-rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files * --volname \\cloud\remote
-```
 
 There is yet another way to enable network mode, and to set the share path,
 and that is to pass the "native" libfuse/WinFsp option directly:
 `--fuse-flag --VolumePrefix=\server\share`. Note that the path
 must be with just a single backslash prefix in this case.
 
+
 *Note:* In previous versions of rclone this was the only supported method.
 
 [Read more about drive mapping](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drive_mapping)
@@ -175,11 +162,11 @@ The FUSE emulation layer on Windows must convert between the POSIX-based
 permission model used in FUSE, and the permission model used in Windows,
 based on access-control lists (ACL).
 
-The mounted filesystem will normally get three entries in its access-control list
+The mounted filesystem will normally get three entries in its access-control list (ACL),
-(ACL), representing permissions for the POSIX permission scopes: Owner, group and
+representing permissions for the POSIX permission scopes: Owner, group and others.
-others. By default, the owner and group will be taken from the current user, and
+By default, the owner and group will be taken from the current user, and the built-in
-the built-in group "Everyone" will be used to represent others. The user/group can
+group "Everyone" will be used to represent others. The user/group can be customized
-be customized with FUSE options "UserName" and "GroupName",
+with FUSE options "UserName" and "GroupName",
 e.g. `-o UserName=user123 -o GroupName="Authenticated Users"`.
 The permissions on each entry will be set according to [options](#options)
 `--dir-perms` and `--file-perms`, which takes a value in traditional Unix
@@ -279,74 +266,58 @@ does not suffer from the same limitations.
 
 ## Mounting on macOS
 
-Mounting on macOS can be done either via [built-in NFS server](/commands/rclone_serve_nfs/),
+Mounting on macOS can be done either via [built-in NFS server](/commands/rclone_serve_nfs/), [macFUSE](https://osxfuse.github.io/) 
-[macFUSE](https://osxfuse.github.io/) (also known as osxfuse) or
+(also known as osxfuse) or [FUSE-T](https://www.fuse-t.org/). macFUSE is a traditional
-[FUSE-T](https://www.fuse-t.org/).macFUSE is a traditional FUSE driver utilizing
+FUSE driver utilizing a macOS kernel extension (kext). FUSE-T is an alternative FUSE system
-a macOS kernel extension (kext). FUSE-T is an alternative FUSE system which
+which "mounts" via an NFSv4 local server.
-"mounts" via an NFSv4 local server.
 
-### Unicode Normalization
+#### Unicode Normalization
 
 It is highly recommended to keep the default of `--no-unicode-normalization=false`
 for all `mount` and `serve` commands on macOS. For details, see [vfs-case-sensitivity](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/#vfs-case-sensitivity).
 
 ### NFS mount
 
-This method spins up an NFS server using [serve nfs](/commands/rclone_serve_nfs/)
+This method spins up an NFS server using [serve nfs](/commands/rclone_serve_nfs/) command and mounts
-command and mounts it to the specified mountpoint. If you run this in background
+it to the specified mountpoint. If you run this in background mode using |--daemon|, you will need to
-mode using |--daemon|, you will need to send SIGTERM signal to the rclone process
+send SIGTERM signal to the rclone process using |kill| command to stop the mount.
-using |kill| command to stop the mount.
 
-Note that `--nfs-cache-handle-limit` controls the maximum number of cached file
+Note that `--nfs-cache-handle-limit` controls the maximum number of cached file handles stored by the `nfsmount` caching handler.
-handles stored by the `nfsmount` caching handler. This should not be set too low
+This should not be set too low or you may experience errors when trying to access files. The default is 1000000,
-or you may experience errors when trying to access files. The default is 1000000,
 but consider lowering this limit if the server's system resource usage causes problems.
 
 ### macFUSE Notes
 
-If installing macFUSE using [dmg packages](https://github.com/osxfuse/osxfuse/releases)
+If installing macFUSE using [dmg packages](https://github.com/osxfuse/osxfuse/releases) from
-from the website, rclone will locate the macFUSE libraries without any further intervention.
+the website, rclone will locate the macFUSE libraries without any further intervention.
-If however, macFUSE is installed using the [macports](https://www.macports.org/)
+If however, macFUSE is installed using the [macports](https://www.macports.org/) package manager,
-package manager, the following addition steps are required.
+the following addition steps are required.
 
-```console
+    sudo mkdir /usr/local/lib
-sudo mkdir /usr/local/lib
+    cd /usr/local/lib
-cd /usr/local/lib
+    sudo ln -s /opt/local/lib/libfuse.2.dylib
-sudo ln -s /opt/local/lib/libfuse.2.dylib
-```
 
 ### FUSE-T Limitations, Caveats, and Notes
 
-There are some limitations, caveats, and notes about how it works. These are
+There are some limitations, caveats, and notes about how it works. These are current as 
-current as  of FUSE-T version 1.0.14.
+of FUSE-T version 1.0.14.
 
 #### ModTime update on read
 
 As per the [FUSE-T wiki](https://github.com/macos-fuse-t/fuse-t/wiki#caveats):
 
-> File access and modification times cannot be set separately as it seems to be an
+> File access and modification times cannot be set separately as it seems to be an 
-> issue with the NFS client which always modifies both. Can be reproduced with
+> issue with the NFS client which always modifies both. Can be reproduced with 
 > 'touch -m' and 'touch -a' commands
 
-This means that viewing files with various tools, notably macOS Finder, will cause
+This means that viewing files with various tools, notably macOS Finder, will cause rlcone
-rlcone to update the modification time of the file. This may make rclone upload a
+to update the modification time of the file. This may make rclone upload a full new copy
-full new copy of the file.
+of the file.
-
+    
 #### Read Only mounts
 
-When mounting with `--read-only`, attempts to write to files will fail *silently*
+When mounting with `--read-only`, attempts to write to files will fail *silently* as
-as opposed to with a clear warning as in macFUSE.
+opposed to with a clear warning as in macFUSE.
-
-# Mounting on Linux
-
-On newer versions of Ubuntu, you may encounter the following error when running
-`rclone mount`:
-
-> NOTICE: mount helper error: fusermount3: mount failed: Permission denied
-> CRITICAL: Fatal error: failed to mount FUSE fs: fusermount: exit status 1
-This may be due to newer [Apparmor](https://wiki.ubuntu.com/AppArmor) restrictions,
-which can be disabled with `sudo aa-disable /usr/bin/fusermount3` (you may need to
-`sudo apt install apparmor-utils` beforehand).
 
 ## Limitations
 
@@ -447,14 +418,12 @@ helper you should symlink rclone binary to `/sbin/mount.rclone` and optionally
 rclone will detect it and translate command-line arguments appropriately.
 
 Now you can run classic mounts like this:
-
+```
-```console
 mount sftp1:subdir /mnt/data -t rclone -o vfs_cache_mode=writes,sftp_key_file=/path/to/pem
 ```
 
 or create systemd mount units:
-
+```
-```ini
 # /etc/systemd/system/mnt-data.mount
 [Unit]
 Description=Mount for /mnt/data
@@ -466,8 +435,7 @@ Options=rw,_netdev,allow_other,args2env,vfs-cache-mode=writes,config=/etc/rclone
 ```
 
 optionally accompanied by systemd automount unit
-
+```
-```ini
 # /etc/systemd/system/mnt-data.automount
 [Unit]
 Description=AutoMount for /mnt/data
@@ -479,8 +447,7 @@ WantedBy=multi-user.target
 ```
 
 or add in `/etc/fstab` a line like
-
+```
-```console
 sftp1:subdir /mnt/data rclone rw,noauto,nofail,_netdev,x-systemd.automount,args2env,vfs_cache_mode=writes,config=/etc/rclone.conf,cache_dir=/var/cache/rclone 0 0
 ```
 
@@ -529,10 +496,8 @@ directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
 backend. Changes made through the VFS will appear immediately or
 invalidate the cache.
 
-```text
     --dir-cache-time duration   Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
     --poll-interval duration    Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable (default 1m0s)
-```
 
 However, changes made directly on the cloud storage by the web
 interface or a different copy of rclone will only be picked up once
@@ -544,22 +509,16 @@ You can send a `SIGHUP` signal to rclone for it to flush all
 directory caches, regardless of how old they are.  Assuming only one
 rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:
 
-```console
+    kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
-kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
-```
 
 If you configure rclone with a [remote control](/rc) then you can use
 rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
 
-```console
+    rclone rc vfs/forget
-rclone rc vfs/forget
-```
 
 Or individual files or directories:
 
-```console
+    rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
-rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
-```
 
 ## VFS File Buffering
 
@@ -590,7 +549,6 @@ write simultaneously to a file.  See below for more details.
 Note that the VFS cache is separate from the cache backend and you may
 find that you need one or the other or both.
 
-```text
     --cache-dir string                     Directory rclone will use for caching.
     --vfs-cache-mode CacheMode             Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
     --vfs-cache-max-age duration           Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
@@ -598,7 +556,6 @@ find that you need one or the other or both.
     --vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix  Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
     --vfs-cache-poll-interval duration     Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
     --vfs-write-back duration              Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
-```
 
 If run with `-vv` rclone will print the location of the file cache.  The
 files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but
@@ -646,13 +603,13 @@ directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
 
 This will mean some operations are not possible
 
-- Files can't be opened for both read AND write
+  * Files can't be opened for both read AND write
-- Files opened for write can't be seeked
+  * Files opened for write can't be seeked
-- Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
+  * Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
-- Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
+  * Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
-- Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
+  * Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
-- Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
+  * Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
-- If an upload fails it can't be retried
+  * If an upload fails it can't be retried
 
 ### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
 
@@ -662,10 +619,10 @@ write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
 
 These operations are not possible
 
-- Files opened for write only can't be seeked
+  * Files opened for write only can't be seeked
-- Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
+  * Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
-- Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
+  * Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
-- If an upload fails it can't be retried
+  * If an upload fails it can't be retried
 
 ### --vfs-cache-mode writes
 
@@ -748,11 +705,9 @@ read, at the cost of an increased number of requests.
 
 These flags control the chunking:
 
-```text
     --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix        Read the source objects in chunks (default 128M)
     --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix  Max chunk doubling size (default off)
     --vfs-read-chunk-streams int            The number of parallel streams to read at once
-```
 
 The chunking behaves differently depending on the `--vfs-read-chunk-streams` parameter.
 
@@ -766,9 +721,9 @@ value is "off", which is the default, the limit is disabled and the chunk size
 will grow indefinitely.
 
 With `--vfs-read-chunk-size 100M` and `--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0`
-the following parts will be downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M
+the following parts will be downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on.
-and so on. When `--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M` is specified, the result would
+When `--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M` is specified, the result would be
-be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so on.
+0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so on.
 
 Setting `--vfs-read-chunk-size` to `0` or "off" disables chunked reading.
 
@@ -806,41 +761,32 @@ In particular S3 and Swift benefit hugely from the `--no-modtime` flag
 (or use `--use-server-modtime` for a slightly different effect) as each
 read of the modification time takes a transaction.
 
-```text
     --no-checksum     Don't compare checksums on up/download.
     --no-modtime      Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
     --no-seek         Don't allow seeking in files.
     --read-only       Only allow read-only access.
-```
 
 Sometimes rclone is delivered reads or writes out of order. Rather
 than seeking rclone will wait a short time for the in sequence read or
 write to come in. These flags only come into effect when not using an
 on disk cache file.
 
-```text
     --vfs-read-wait duration   Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
     --vfs-write-wait duration  Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
-```
 
 When using VFS write caching (`--vfs-cache-mode` with value writes or full),
-the global flag `--transfers` can be set to adjust the number of parallel uploads
+the global flag `--transfers` can be set to adjust the number of parallel uploads of
-of modified files from the cache (the related global flag `--checkers` has no
+modified files from the cache (the related global flag `--checkers` has no effect on the VFS).
-effect on the VFS).
 
-```text
     --transfers int  Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
-```
 
 ## Symlinks
 
 By default the VFS does not support symlinks. However this may be
 enabled with either of the following flags:
 
-```text
     --links      Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension.
     --vfs-links  Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension for the VFS
-```
 
 As most cloud storage systems do not support symlinks directly, rclone
 stores the symlink as a normal file with a special extension. So a
@@ -852,8 +798,7 @@ Note that `--links` enables symlink translation globally in rclone -
 this includes any backend which supports the concept (for example the
 local backend). `--vfs-links` just enables it for the VFS layer.
 
-This scheme is compatible with that used by the
+This scheme is compatible with that used by the [local backend with the --local-links flag](/local/#symlinks-junction-points).
-[local backend with the --local-links flag](/local/#symlinks-junction-points).
 
 The `--vfs-links` flag has been designed for `rclone mount`, `rclone
 nfsmount` and `rclone serve nfs`.
@@ -863,7 +808,7 @@ It hasn't been tested with the other `rclone serve` commands yet.
 A limitation of the current implementation is that it expects the
 caller to resolve sub-symlinks. For example given this directory tree
 
-```text
+```
 .
 ├── dir
 │   └── file.txt
@@ -941,9 +886,7 @@ sync`.
 This flag allows you to manually set the statistics about the filing system.
 It can be useful when those statistics cannot be read correctly automatically.
 
-```text
     --vfs-disk-space-total-size    Manually set the total disk space size (example: 256G, default: -1)
-```
 
 ## Alternate report of used bytes
 
@@ -954,7 +897,7 @@ With this flag set, instead of relying on the backend to report this
 information, rclone will scan the whole remote similar to `rclone size`
 and compute the total used space itself.
 
-**WARNING**: Contrary to `rclone size`, this flag ignores filters so that the
+_WARNING._ Contrary to `rclone size`, this flag ignores filters so that the
 result is accurate. However, this is very inefficient and may cost lots of API
 calls resulting in extra charges. Use it as a last resort and only with caching.
 
@@ -972,7 +915,7 @@ Note that some backends won't create metadata unless you pass in the
 For example, using `rclone mount` with `--metadata --vfs-metadata-extension .metadata`
 we get
 
-```console
+```
 $ ls -l /mnt/
 total 1048577
 -rw-rw-r-- 1 user user 1073741824 Mar  3 16:03 1G
@@ -997,6 +940,8 @@ If the file has no metadata it will be returned as `{}` and if there
 is an error reading the metadata the error will be returned as
 `{"error":"error string"}`.
 
+
+
 ```
 rclone nfsmount remote:path /path/to/mountpoint [flags]
 ```
@@ -1072,7 +1017,7 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 Flags for filtering directory listings
 
-```text
+```
       --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
       --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
       --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
@@ -1100,10 +1045,5 @@ Flags for filtering directory listings
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->

docs/content/commands/rclone_obscure.md

@@ -13,8 +13,9 @@ Obscure password for use in the rclone config file.
 In the rclone config file, human-readable passwords are
 obscured. Obscuring them is done by encrypting them and writing them
 out in base64. This is **not** a secure way of encrypting these
-passwords as rclone can decrypt them - it is to prevent "eyedropping" -
+passwords as rclone can decrypt them - it is to prevent "eyedropping"
-namely someone seeing a password in the rclone config file by accident.
+- namely someone seeing a password in the rclone config file by
+accident.
 
 Many equally important things (like access tokens) are not obscured in
 the config file. However it is very hard to shoulder surf a 64
@@ -24,9 +25,7 @@ This command can also accept a password through STDIN instead of an
 argument by passing a hyphen as an argument. This will use the first
 line of STDIN as the password not including the trailing newline.
 
-```console
+    echo "secretpassword" | rclone obscure -
-echo "secretpassword" | rclone obscure -
-```
 
 If there is no data on STDIN to read, rclone obscure will default to
 obfuscating the hyphen itself.
@@ -49,10 +48,5 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
 ## See Also
 
-<!-- markdownlint-capture -->
-<!-- markdownlint-disable ul-style line-length -->
-
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-
-<!-- markdownlint-restore -->